You are on page 1of 388

SMSRouter v 5.

0
User Manual v 1.0
Reference: SMSRouter-5.0-UM -1.1

Confidentiality Statement
Copyright 2009-2010, Comviva Technologies Ltd. All rights reserved. This product or document may
not, in whole or in part, be copied, photocopied, reproduced, translated, or reduced to any electronic
medium or machine readable form, by any means electronic, mechanical, photographic, optic recording or
otherwise without prior consent, in writing, of the copyright owner. Statutory declaration under section 52A
of the Copyright Act 1957.

Restrictions and Copyright Declaration


The information in this document is subject to change without notice and describes only the product defined in the introduction of this
documentation. This document is intended for the use of prospective Comviva customers for the sole purpose of the agreement
under which the document is submitted. No part of it may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or means without the prior written
permission of Comviva. The intended audience for this document is professional personnel, who assume full responsibility for using
the document appropriately. Comviva welcomes customer comments as part of the process of continuous development and improvement of its documentation. The information or statements given in this document concerning the suitability, capacity, or performance
of the mentioned hardware or software products cannot be considered binding, but shall be defined in contextual specific eventual
agreement made between Comviva and the customer.
However, Comviva has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the instructions contained in the document are adequate, sufficient
and free of material errors and omissions. Comviva will, if necessary, explain issues, which may not be covered by the document.
Comvivas liability for any errors in the document is limited to the documentary correction of errors. Comviva will not be responsible, in
any event, for errors in this document or for any damages, incidental or consequential, including monetary losses, that might arise
from the use of this document or the information in it.
This document and the product it describes are considered protected by Patent, Copyright and Trademark laws in accordance with
relevant Indian laws.
The only warranties for Comviva products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying its products
and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. Comviva shall not be liable for technical or
editorial errors or omissions contained herein.
The Comviva logo is a registered trademark of Comviva Technologies Ltd. Other product names mentioned in this document may be
trademarks of their respective companies and they are mentioned for identification purposes only.
Copyright 2009 Comviva Technologies Ltd. All rights reserved.

iii

Contents
1 Document Overview ................................................................................................................... 1 - 1
1.1 Scope .................................................................................................................................... 1 - 1
1.2 Audience ............................................................................................................................... 1 - 1
1.3 Organization ......................................................................................................................... 1 - 1
1.4 Conventions ......................................................................................................................... 1 - 2
1.5 Acronyms and Abbreviations ............................................................................................. 1 - 3
1.6 References ............................................................................................................................ 1 - 5
1.7 Feedback .............................................................................................................................. 1 - 6
2 Overview...................................................................................................................................... 2 - 1
2.1 SMS ....................................................................................................................................... 2 - 1
2.2 SMSRouter ............................................................................................................................ 2 - 1
2.3 Network Architecture ........................................................................................................... 2 - 1
2.4 System Architecture ............................................................................................................ 2 - 3
2.5 Messaging Types ................................................................................................................. 2 - 5
3 SMSRouter Web Operations...................................................................................................... 3 - 1
3.1 Application Access .............................................................................................................. 3 - 1
3.2 User Management ................................................................................................................ 3 - 3
3.2.1 Provisioning Users .............................................................................................................................. 3 -3
3.2.2 Modifying Passwords ........................................................................................................................ 3 -10

3.3 Logging Out ........................................................................................................................ 3 - 10


3.4 Viewing Documentation .................................................................................................... 3 - 11
3.5 Viewing Contact Addresses .............................................................................................. 3 - 11
3.6 Viewing SMSRouter Product Information ........................................................................ 3 - 12
4 Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging ................................................................................................... 4 - 1
v

4.1 Call Flows ............................................................................................................................. 4 - 1


4.2 Configuring Built-in Features for MO - MT Messaging ..................................................... 4 - 3
4.2.1 Message Handling .............................................................................................................................. 4 -3
4.2.2 Binary Message Support..................................................................................................................... 4 -4
4.2.3 Intermediate Delivery Reports ............................................................................................................ 4 -4
4.2.4 Large Message Buffer Pool ................................................................................................................ 4 -4
4.2.5 MAP1, MAP2 and MAP3 Support for MO Messages.......................................................................... 4 -5
4.2.6 Override Reply via Same Service Center ........................................................................................... 4 -5
4.2.7 Support for Personalized SMS Services ............................................................................................ 4 -5

4.3 Configuring SMSRouter Web GUI for MO-MT Messaging ................................................ 4 - 7


4.3.1 Configuring Service Parameters ......................................................................................................... 4 -7
4.3.2 Generation of Delivery Reports ........................................................................................................ 4 -10
4.3.3 Creating and Maintaining Nick Names.............................................................................................. 4 -10
4.3.4 Creating and Maintaining Closed User Groups ................................................................................ 4 -14

4.4 Creating and Maintaining Lawful Interception Groups .................................................. 4 - 16


4.4.1 Viewing LI Groups............................................................................................................................. 4 -16
4.4.2 Creating New Interception Groups.................................................................................................... 4 -17
4.4.3 Deleting Lawful Interception Group................................................................................................... 4 -18

4.5 Dynamic Configuration of Rules ...................................................................................... 4 - 18


4.5.1 Error-Based Redirection Rules ......................................................................................................... 4 -23
4.5.2 A-party and B-party Based Redirection Rules .................................................................................. 4 -36
4.5.3 Time-based Traffic Management .................................................................................................... 4 -43
4.5.4 Flexible Routing Rules ...................................................................................................................... 4 -48
4.5.5 Black/White List Support Rules......................................................................................................... 4 -51
4.5.6 MO Relay Rules................................................................................................................................ 4 -64
4.5.7 MSISDN-based SPAM Control Rules .............................................................................................. 4 -66
4.5.8 Source VMSC-based Charging Rules ............................................................................................. 4 -66
4.5.9 Creating and Maintaining Lawful Interception Groups ...................................................................... 4 -68
4.5.10 Lawful Interception Rules................................................................................................................ 4 -70

vi

4.5.11 A-Party Validation for MO SMS Messages ..................................................................................... 4 -72

5 Application-to-Mobile Messaging ............................................................................................. 5 - 1


5.1 Call Flows ............................................................................................................................. 5 - 1
5.2 Configuring Built-in Features for AO - MT Messaging ..................................................... 5 - 3
5.2.1 Message Handling .............................................................................................................................. 5 -3
5.2.2 Binary Message Support..................................................................................................................... 5 -3
5.2.3 WAP SMS and VMS Alert Support ..................................................................................................... 5 -4
5.2.4 Deferred Delivery Support .................................................................................................................. 5 -6
5.2.5 Submit Multi Operations Support ........................................................................................................ 5 -6
5.2.6 Intermediate Delivery Reports ............................................................................................................ 5 -6
5.2.7 Large Message Buffer Pool ................................................................................................................ 5 -6
5.2.8 Direct Delivery Attempts (DDA) .......................................................................................................... 5 -7
5.2.9 MAP1, MAP2 and MAP3 Support for SRI and MT Messages ............................................................ 5 -7
5.2.10 Alert Service Center Forwarding to SMPP ESMEs........................................................................... 5 -7

5.3 Configuring SMSRouter Web GUI for AO-MT Messaging ................................................ 5 - 8


5.4 Dynamic Configuration of Rules ........................................................................................ 5 - 8
5.4.1 Black/White List Support Rules......................................................................................................... 5 -11
5.4.2 Error-Based Redirection Rules ......................................................................................................... 5 -29
5.4.3 Application Originated Message Redirection Rules.......................................................................... 5 -36
5.4.4 Configuring Account-based Retries .................................................................................................. 5 -40
5.4.5 Management of ESME Accounts ...................................................................................................... 5 -43
5.4.6 Store and Forward Message Delivery............................................................................................... 5 -65
5.4.7 Viewing ESME Sessions................................................................................................................... 5 -66
5.4.8 Distribution Lists............................................................................................................................... 5 -67
5.4.9 Ports.................................................................................................................................................. 5 -70
5.4.10 Management of Service Numbers .................................................................................................. 5 -71
5.4.11 Canned Messages .......................................................................................................................... 5 -74
5.4.12 Query Status of Messages.............................................................................................................. 5 -76

vii

5.4.13 Application-Originated SMSRouter Features.................................................................................. 5 -79


5.4.14 Account Types ................................................................................................................................ 5 -80
5.4.15 Bind Modes .................................................................................................................................... 5 -81
5.4.16 Message Throttling ......................................................................................................................... 5 -81
5.4.17 Message Concatenation ................................................................................................................. 5 -82
5.4.18 Message Length ............................................................................................................................. 5 -82

6 Mobile-to-Application Messaging ............................................................................................ 6 - 1


6.1 Call Flows ............................................................................................................................. 6 - 1
6.2 Configuring Built-in Features for MO - AT Messaging ..................................................... 6 - 3
6.2.1 Message Handling .............................................................................................................................. 6 -3
6.2.2 Binary Message Support..................................................................................................................... 6 -3
6.2.3 Large Message Buffer Pool ................................................................................................................ 6 -3
6.2.4 Direct Delivery Attempts (DDA) .......................................................................................................... 6 -4

6.3 Configuring SMSRouter Web GUI for MO-AT Messaging ................................................ 6 - 4


6.3.1 Generation of Delivery Reports........................................................................................................... 6 -4

6.4 Dynamic Configuration of Rules ........................................................................................ 6 - 7


6.4.1 Source VMSC-based Redirection Rules........................................................................................... 6 -11
6.4.2 Source TON & NPI-based Redirection Rules .................................................................................. 6 -13
6.4.3 Source MSISDN - based Redirection (SMBR) Rules ....................................................................... 6 -15
6.4.4 Time-based Traffic Management .................................................................................................... 6 -17
6.4.5 Flexible Routing Rules ...................................................................................................................... 6 -22
6.4.6 Black/White List Support Rules......................................................................................................... 6 -25
6.4.7 MO Relay Rules................................................................................................................................ 6 -35
6.4.8 MSISDN-based SPAM Control Rules .............................................................................................. 6 -36
6.4.9 Source VMSC-based Charging Rules ............................................................................................. 6 -37
6.4.10 Application Terminated Message Redirection Rules ...................................................................... 6 -38

6.5 Account-based Retry Configuration ................................................................................ 6 - 40


6.5.1 Viewing Account-based Retry Policies ............................................................................................. 6 -40

viii

6.5.2 Configuring Account-based Retry Policies........................................................................................ 6 -42


6.5.3 Deleting Retry Policies...................................................................................................................... 6 -43

6.6 Management of ESME Accounts ...................................................................................... 6 - 44


6.6.1 Creating ESME Accounts ................................................................................................................. 6 -44
6.6.2 Deleting ESME Accounts.................................................................................................................. 6 -54
6.6.3 Configuring Auto Replies (Applicable only for MO-AT messages) .................................................. 6 -54
6.6.4 Configuring Failure Replies............................................................................................................... 6 -55
6.6.5 Throttling Control for ESME Accounts .............................................................................................. 6 -56
6.6.6 Support for Multiple Sessions of ESME Accounts ........................................................................... 6 -58
6.6.7 Multiple Service Numbers ESME Mapping ....................................................................................... 6 -60
6.6.8 Range-based ESME Provisioning..................................................................................................... 6 -62
6.6.9 Binary Messages (UDH) Barring....................................................................................................... 6 -63
6.6.10 SMPP Outbind Sessions................................................................................................................. 6 -64
6.6.11 Store and Forward Message Delivery............................................................................................. 6 -67
6.6.12 Ports................................................................................................................................................ 6 -68

7 Generic Features ........................................................................................................................ 7 - 1


7.1 Configuring Built-in Features .............................................................................................7 - 1
7.1.1 UCS2 Character Set Support.............................................................................................................. 7 -1
7.1.2 Large Message Buffer Pool ................................................................................................................ 7 -1
7.1.3 Direct Delivery Attempts (DDA) .......................................................................................................... 7 -2
7.1.4 Dynamic Log Generation .................................................................................................................... 7 -2
7.1.5 Operations, Administration and Maintenance ..................................................................................... 7 -3
7.1.6 FTP Support for CDRs........................................................................................................................ 7 -4
7.1.7 Multiple Service Centers Address Support ........................................................................................ 7 -4
7.1.8 Multiple Source GT & Point Code Support ........................................................................................ 7 -5

7.2 Configurable Features ......................................................................................................... 7 - 5


7.2.1 Virtual Service Center Support .......................................................................................................... 7 -5
7.2.2 Address Translation Support .............................................................................................................. 7 -9
7.2.3 Network Management....................................................................................................................... 7 -17

ix

7.2.4 IMSI Management............................................................................................................................. 7 -20


7.2.5 Configuration of SMSC Accounts ..................................................................................................... 7 -23
7.2.6 Balancing Load & Managing Redirection Lists ................................................................................. 7 -43

7.3 Performance Analysis ....................................................................................................... 7 - 49


7.3.1 Viewing Message Delivery Attempts................................................................................................. 7 -49
7.3.2 Viewing Message Statistics .............................................................................................................. 7 -50
7.3.3 Viewing Message Redirection Statistics ........................................................................................... 7 -61
7.3.4 Viewing Network-based Message Statistics ..................................................................................... 7 -64
7.3.5 Viewing VMSC-based Message Statistics ....................................................................................... 7 -68
7.3.6 Viewing IMSI-based Message Statistics ........................................................................................... 7 -71
7.3.7 Viewing Account-based Message Statistics ..................................................................................... 7 -75
7.3.8 Subscriber Penetration ..................................................................................................................... 7 -78
7.3.9 View Live Message Statistics............................................................................................................ 7 -79

7.4 Viewing Pending Messages .............................................................................................. 7 - 82


7.5 CDR Generation in ASCII and ASN-1 Formats ............................................................... 7 - 82
Appendix A Error Codes ............................................................................................................ 87
Appendix B Rules List.............................................................................................................. 103
Document Change History ........................................................................................................... 107
Contact Us...................................................................................................................................... 109

User Manual: <Product Name> - <Version>

xiN

User Manual: <Product Name> - <Version>

xii

Figures
Figure 2-1: Network Architecture................................................................................................. 2 - 2
Figure 2-2: System Architecture ................................................................................................. 2 - 4
Figure 3-1: Login ........................................................................................................................... 3 - 2
Figure 3-2: Home Page ................................................................................................................. 3 - 2
Figure 3-3: Menu Map.................................................................................................................... 3 - 3
Figure 3-4: View Users .................................................................................................................. 3 - 4
Figure 3-5: Add User ..................................................................................................................... 3 - 5
Figure 3-6: User Details - Edit ...................................................................................................... 3 - 8
Figure 3-7: Edit User ..................................................................................................................... 3 - 8
Figure 3-8: User Details - Delete .................................................................................................. 3 - 9
Figure 3-9: User Successfully Deleted ........................................................................................ 3 - 9
Figure 3-10: Change Password .................................................................................................. 3 - 10
Figure 3-11: Password Successfully Changed......................................................................... 3 - 10
Figure 3-12: Logout ..................................................................................................................... 3 - 11
Figure 3-13: SMSRouter Manuals .............................................................................................. 3 - 11
Figure 3-14: Office Locations ..................................................................................................... 3 - 12
Figure 3-15: About....................................................................................................................... 3 - 13
Figure 4-1: MO-MT Messaging - Direct Delivery ........................................................................ 4 - 1
Figure 4-2: MO-MT Messaging Redirection ............................................................................. 4 - 2
Figure 4-3: Service Parameter...................................................................................................... 4 - 7
Figure 4-4: Nick Name................................................................................................................. 4 - 12
Figure 4-5: Add Nick Name......................................................................................................... 4 - 13
Figure 4-6: Nick Name................................................................................................................. 4 - 13
Figure 4-7: Add Closed User Group .......................................................................................... 4 - 14
Figure 4-8: Closed User Group List ........................................................................................... 4 - 15
Figure 4-9: Closed User Group ..................................................................................................4 - 16
Figure 4-10: LI Groups List......................................................................................................... 4 - 17
Figure 4-11: Add Lawful Interception Groups .......................................................................... 4 - 17
Figure 4-12: LI Group .................................................................................................................. 4 - 18
Figure 4-13: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 25
Figure 4-14: MT - FSM Failure ................................................................................................... 4 - 25
Figure 4-15: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 29
Figure 4-16: SRISM Failure ......................................................................................................... 4 - 30
Figure 4-17: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 31
Figure 4-18: Source VMSC Redirection..................................................................................... 4 - 31
Figure 4-19: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 33
Figure 4-20: Source MSISDN and Source TON-NPI Combination Redirection ...................... 4 - 33
Figure 4-21: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 35
Figure 4-22: Destination MSISDN and Destination TON NPI Combination Redirection ....... 4 - 35
Figure 4-23: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 37
Figure 4-24: Source MSISDN Based Redirection ..................................................................... 4 - 38
Figure 4-25: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 39
Figure 4-26: Destination MSISDN Based Redirection .............................................................. 4 - 40
Figure 4-27: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 41
Figure 4-28: Source and Destination MSISDN Combination Redirection .............................. 4 - 42
Figure 4-29: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 44
Figure 4-30: TBR (Daily).............................................................................................................. 4 - 44
Figure 4-31: TBR (Weekly) .......................................................................................................... 4 - 44
Figure 4-32: TBR (Monthly)......................................................................................................... 4 - 45
Figure 4-33:TBR (Yearly)............................................................................................................. 4 - 45
Figure 4-34: Rule Already Exists................................................................................................ 4 - 48
xiii

Figure 4-35: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 49


Figure 4-36: PID Redirection ...................................................................................................... 4 - 49
Figure 4-37: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 50
Figure 4-38: Add Rule -UDH Based Redirection....................................................................... 4 - 51
Figure 4-39: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 52
Figure 4-40: Source MSISDN Barring ........................................................................................ 4 - 53
Figure 4-41: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 54
Figure 4-42:Destination MSISDN Barring.................................................................................. 4 - 54
Figure 4-43: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 55
Figure 4-44:Source and Destination MSISDN/Short Code Barring ......................................... 4 - 56
Figure 4-45: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 57
Figure 4-46: PID Barring ............................................................................................................. 4 - 57
Figure 4-47: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 58
Figure 4-48: Source VMSC Barring............................................................................................ 4 - 58
Figure 4-49: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 60
Figure 4-50:Destination VMSC Barring ..................................................................................... 4 - 60
Figure 4-51: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 61
Figure 4-52: Source IMSI Barring............................................................................................... 4 - 61
Figure 4-53: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 62
Figure 4-54: Destination IMSI Barring ....................................................................................... 4 - 63
Figure 4-55: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 63
Figure 4-56: Source VMSC and Source MSISDN Based Barring ............................................ 4 - 64
Figure 4-57: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 65
Figure 4-58: MO Relay................................................................................................................. 4 - 65
Figure 4-59: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 67
Figure 4-60: Source VMSC Based Charging ............................................................................. 4 - 67
Figure 4-61: LI Groups List......................................................................................................... 4 - 68
Figure 4-62: Add Lawful Interception Groups .......................................................................... 4 - 69
Figure 4-63: LI Group .................................................................................................................. 4 - 69
Figure 4-64: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 4 - 70
Figure 4-65: Lawful Interception ............................................................................................... 4 - 71
Figure 5-1: AO-MT Messaging - Direct Delivery ......................................................................... 5 - 1
Figure 5-2: AO-MT Messaging - Redirection ............................................................................... 5 - 2
Figure 5-3: Rules List .................................................................................................................. 5 - 12
Figure 5-4: Account ID and Destination IMSI based Barring................................................... 5 - 12
Figure 5-5: Rules List .................................................................................................................. 5 - 13
Figure 5-6: System ID and Destination MSISDN Combination based Barring....................... 5 - 14
Figure 5-7: Rules List ................................................................................................................. 5 - 15
Figure 5-8: Sender Alpha Numeric Barring............................................................................... 5 - 15
Figure 5-9: Rules List .................................................................................................................. 5 - 17
Figure 5-10: System ID Barring .................................................................................................. 5 - 17
Figure 5-11:Rules List ................................................................................................................. 5 - 18
Figure 5-12: AO Short Code Barring.......................................................................................... 5 - 18
Figure 5-13: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 5 - 19
Figure 5-14: Destination MSISDN Barring ................................................................................. 5 - 20
Figure 5-15: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 5 - 21
Figure 5-16: Destination VMSC Barring .................................................................................... 5 - 21
Figure 5-17: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 5 - 22
Figure 5-18: Destination IMSI Barring ....................................................................................... 5 - 22
Figure 5-19: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 5 - 23
Figure 5-20: PID Barring ............................................................................................................. 5 - 24
Figure 5-21: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 5 - 25
Figure 5-22: Source and Destination MSISDN/Short Code Barring........................................ 5 - 25
Figure 5-23: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 5 - 26
xiv

Figure 5-24: PID Redirection ...................................................................................................... 5 - 26


Figure 5-25: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 5 - 28
Figure 5-26: Destination MSISDN and Destination TON NPI Combination Redirection ....... 5 - 28
Figure 5-27: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 5 - 31
Figure 5-28: MT - FSM Failure .................................................................................................... 5 - 31
Figure 5-29: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 5 - 35
Figure 5-30: SRISM Failure ......................................................................................................... 5 - 36
Figure 5-31: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 5 - 37
Figure 5-32: Application Originated Message Redirection...................................................... 5 - 37
Figure 5-33: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 5 - 38
Figure 5-34: Destination MSISDN Based Redirection .............................................................. 5 - 39
Figure 5-35: Retry Schedule ....................................................................................................... 5 - 40
Figure 5-36: Retry Policy ............................................................................................................ 5 - 41
Figure 5-37: Add Retry Policy .................................................................................................... 5 - 42
Figure 5-38: Retry Policy ............................................................................................................ 5 - 43
Figure 5-39: Add ESME Account................................................................................................ 5 - 45
Figure 5-40: Add New Account .................................................................................................. 5 - 54
Figure 5-41: Delete ESME Accounts ......................................................................................... 5 - 54
Figure 5-42: Add Failure Reply................................................................................................... 5 - 55
Figure 5-43: Throttling Control for ESME Accounts ................................................................ 5 - 56
Figure 5-44: Configuring MSLA.................................................................................................. 5 - 58
Figure 5-45: Multiple Service Number ....................................................................................... 5 - 59
Figure 5-46: Add Multiple Service Numbers ............................................................................. 5 - 60
Figure 5-47: Add Multiple Service Numbers ............................................................................. 5 - 61
Figure 5-48: UDH Barring............................................................................................................ 5 - 62
Figure 5-49: Enable SMPP Outbind ........................................................................................... 5 - 64
Figure 5-50: Store & Forward Enable ........................................................................................ 5 - 66
Figure 5-51: ESME Sessions ...................................................................................................... 5 - 67
Figure 5-52: Messaging Multiple Recipients............................................................................. 5 - 68
Figure 5-53: Distribution List...................................................................................................... 5 - 69
Figure 5-54: Add Distribution List.............................................................................................. 5 - 69
Figure 5-55: Edit Distribution List.............................................................................................. 5 - 70
Figure 5-56: Ports ........................................................................................................................ 5 - 71
Figure 5-57: View Service Numbers........................................................................................... 5 - 71
Figure 5-58: Service Numbers - Edit.......................................................................................... 5 - 73
Figure 5-59: Edit Service Number .............................................................................................. 5 - 73
Figure 5-60: Service Numbers - Delete...................................................................................... 5 - 74
Figure 5-61: Canned Messages.................................................................................................. 5 - 75
Figure 5-62: Add Canned Message............................................................................................ 5 - 75
Figure 5-63: Canned Messages.................................................................................................. 5 - 76
Figure 5-64: Query Status........................................................................................................... 5 - 76
Figure 5-65: Query Details for All Messages ............................................................................ 5 - 77
Figure 5-66: Query Status for Failed Messages ....................................................................... 5 - 78
Figure 5-67: Query Details for Error Messages ........................................................................ 5 - 78
Figure 5-68: Query Details for Successful Messages .............................................................. 5 - 79
Figure 5-69: SMPP Connectivity to SMSRouter........................................................................ 5 - 80
Figure 5-70: ESME Connectivity Modes .................................................................................... 5 - 81
Figure 5-71: Message Throttling ................................................................................................ 5 - 82
Figure 5-72: Message Concatenation ........................................................................................ 5 - 82
Figure 5-73: Message Truncation .............................................................................................. 5 - 83
Figure 5-74: Message Rejection................................................................................................. 5 - 83
Figure 6-1: MO-AT Messaging - Direct Delivery ......................................................................... 6 - 1
Figure 6-2: MO-AT Messaging - Redirection ............................................................................... 6 - 2
Figure 6-3: Service Parameters.................................................................................................... 6 - 5
xv

Figure 6-4: Rules List .................................................................................................................. 6 - 11


Figure 6-5: Source VMSC Redirection....................................................................................... 6 - 12
Figure 6-6: Rules List .................................................................................................................. 6 - 13
Figure 6-7: Source MSISDN and Source TON-NPI Combination Redirection ........................ 6 - 14
Figure 6-8: Rules List .................................................................................................................. 6 - 15
Figure 6-9: Add Rule Source MSISDN Based Redirection.................................................... 6 - 16
Figure 6-10: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 6 - 17
Figure 6-11: TBR (Daily).............................................................................................................. 6 - 18
Figure 6-12:TBR (Weekly) ........................................................................................................... 6 - 18
Figure 6-13: TBR (Monthly)......................................................................................................... 6 - 19
Figure 6-14: TBR (Yearly)............................................................................................................ 6 - 19
Figure 6-15: Rule Already Exists................................................................................................ 6 - 22
Figure 6-16: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 6 - 23
Figure 6-17: PID Redirection ...................................................................................................... 6 - 23
Figure 6-18: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 6 - 24
Figure 6-19: UDH Based Redirection......................................................................................... 6 - 25
Figure 6-20: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 6 - 26
Figure 6-21: Source MSISDN Barring ........................................................................................ 6 - 27
Figure 6-22: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 6 - 28
Figure 6-23: Source and Destination MSISDN/Short Code Barring........................................ 6 - 28
Figure 6-24: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 6 - 29
Figure 6-25: PID Barring ............................................................................................................. 6 - 30
Figure 6-26: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 6 - 31
Figure 6-27: Source VMSC Barring............................................................................................ 6 - 31
Figure 6-28: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 6 - 32
Figure 6-29: Source IMSI Barring............................................................................................... 6 - 33
Figure 6-30: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 6 - 34
Figure 6-31: Source VMSC and Source MSISDN Based Barring ............................................ 6 - 34
Figure 6-32: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 6 - 35
Figure 6-33: MO Relay................................................................................................................. 6 - 36
Figure 6-34: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 6 - 37
Figure 6-35: Source VMSC Based Charging ............................................................................. 6 - 38
Figure 6-36: Rules List ................................................................................................................ 6 - 39
Figure 6-37: Application Terminated Message Redirection .................................................... 6 - 39
Figure 6-38: Retry Schedule ....................................................................................................... 6 - 40
Figure 6-39: Retry Policy ............................................................................................................ 6 - 41
Figure 6-40: Add Retry Policy .................................................................................................... 6 - 42
Figure 6-41: Retry Policy ............................................................................................................ 6 - 43
Figure 6-42: Add ESME Account................................................................................................ 6 - 45
Figure 6-43: Add New Account .................................................................................................. 6 - 54
Figure 6-44: Delete ESME Accounts ......................................................................................... 6 - 54
Figure 6-45: Add Auto Reply ...................................................................................................... 6 - 55
Figure 6-46: Add Failure Reply................................................................................................... 6 - 56
Figure 6-47: Throttling Control for ESME Accounts ................................................................ 6 - 57
Figure 6-48: Configuring MSLA.................................................................................................. 6 - 59
Figure 6-49: Multiple Service Number ....................................................................................... 6 - 61
Figure 6-50: Add Multiple Service Numbers ............................................................................. 6 - 62
Figure 6-51: Add Multiple Service Numbers ............................................................................. 6 - 63
Figure 6-52: UDH Barring............................................................................................................ 6 - 64
Figure 6-53: Enable SMPP Outbind ........................................................................................... 6 - 66
Figure 6-54: Store & Forward Enable ........................................................................................ 6 - 68
Figure 6-55: Ports ........................................................................................................................ 6 - 69
Figure 7-1: OAM Connectivity to SMSRouter Server ................................................................. 7 - 3
Figure 7-2: OAM Alarms................................................................................................................ 7 - 4
xvi

Figure 7-3: Add Virtual Service Center........................................................................................ 7 - 6


Figure 7-4: Virtual Service Center Details ................................................................................... 7 - 7
Figure 7-5: Rules List .................................................................................................................... 7 - 8
Figure 7-6: Virtual Service Center Details ................................................................................... 7 - 9
Figure 7-7: Add Address Translation Rule................................................................................ 7 - 11
Figure 7-8: Address Translation ................................................................................................ 7 - 15
Figure 7-9: Address Translation ................................................................................................ 7 - 16
Figure 7-10: Add Network ........................................................................................................... 7 - 17
Figure 7-11: View Network.......................................................................................................... 7 - 19
Figure 7-12: Networks ................................................................................................................. 7 - 20
Figure 7-13: Add IMSI Network................................................................................................... 7 - 21
Figure 7-14: IMSI Network........................................................................................................... 7 - 21
Figure 7-15: IMSI Network........................................................................................................... 7 - 22
Figure 7-16: Redirection Account List....................................................................................... 7 - 23
Figure 7-17: Redirection List ...................................................................................................... 7 - 24
Figure 7-18: Add SMSC Account ............................................................................................... 7 - 26
Figure 7-19: Add SMSC Account - SMPP ................................................................................. 7 - 27
Figure 7-20: Add SMSC Account ............................................................................................... 7 - 33
Figure 7-21: Add SMSC Account - UCP .................................................................................... 7 - 34
Figure 7-22: Add SMSC Account ............................................................................................... 7 - 38
Figure 7-23: Add SMSC Account - CIMD .................................................................................. 7 - 38
Figure 7-24: Add SMSC Account ............................................................................................... 7 - 41
Figure 7-25: Add SMSC Account - SS7 .................................................................................... 7 - 41
Figure 7-26: Redirection Account List....................................................................................... 7 - 43
Figure 7-27: Add Redirection List ..............................................................................................7 - 44
Figure 7-28: Add Redirection List - Percentage ...................................................................... 7 - 46
Figure 7-29: Add Percentages.................................................................................................... 7 - 47
Figure 7-30:Redirection List ....................................................................................................... 7 - 48
Figure 7-31: Redirection List - Delete ........................................................................................ 7 - 49
Figure 7-32: Error in Redirection List Deletion......................................................................... 7 - 49
Figure 7-33: Message Delivery Report ...................................................................................... 7 - 50
Figure 7-34: View Statistics - Tabular Format........................................................................... 7 - 51
Figure 7-35: View Statistics - Line Chart Type.......................................................................... 7 - 51
Figure 7-36: View Statistics - Bar Chart Type ........................................................................... 7 - 52
Figure 7-37: View Statistics - 3-D Chart Type ........................................................................... 7 - 52
Figure 7-38: View Statistics - Spreadsheet ............................................................................... 7 - 53
Figure 7-39: Yearly Statistics ..................................................................................................... 7 - 53
Figure 7-40: Delivery Report Yearly Statistics.......................................................................... 7 - 55
Figure 7-41: Yearly P2P Statistics.............................................................................................. 7 - 56
Figure 7-42: Error Detail.............................................................................................................. 7 - 57
Figure 7-43: View Monthly Statistics ......................................................................................... 7 - 58
Figure 7-44: View Daily Statistics .............................................................................................. 7 - 59
Figure 7-45: View Hourly Statistics............................................................................................7 - 60
Figure 7-46: View Redirection Based Statistics ....................................................................... 7 - 62
Figure 7-47: Yearly Statistics ..................................................................................................... 7 - 63
Figure 7-48: Monthly Statistics .................................................................................................. 7 - 63
Figure 7-49: Daily Statistics........................................................................................................ 7 - 64
Figure 7-50: Error Statistics ....................................................................................................... 7 - 64
Figure 7-51: View Network Statistics......................................................................................... 7 - 65
Figure 7-52: Yearly Statistics ..................................................................................................... 7 - 66
Figure 7-53: Monthly Statistics .................................................................................................. 7 - 67
Figure 7-54: Daily Statistics........................................................................................................ 7 - 67
Figure 7-55: Error Statistics ....................................................................................................... 7 - 68
Figure 7-56: VMSC Statistics...................................................................................................... 7 - 69
xvii

Figure 7-57: Yearly Statistics ..................................................................................................... 7 - 70


Figure 7-58: Monthly Statistics .................................................................................................. 7 - 71
Figure 7-59: Daily Statistics........................................................................................................ 7 - 71
Figure 7-60: Error Statistics ....................................................................................................... 7 - 71
Figure 7-61: IMSI Statistics......................................................................................................... 7 - 72
Figure 7-62: Yearly Statistics ..................................................................................................... 7 - 73
Figure 7-63: Monthly Statistics .................................................................................................. 7 - 74
Figure 7-64: Daily Statistics........................................................................................................ 7 - 74
Figure 7-65: Error Statistics ....................................................................................................... 7 - 74
Figure 7-66: View Account Based Statistics............................................................................. 7 - 75
Figure 7-67: Yearly Statistics ..................................................................................................... 7 - 77
Figure 7-68: Monthly Statistics .................................................................................................. 7 - 77
Figure 7-69:Daily Statistics......................................................................................................... 7 - 78
Figure 7-70: Error Statistics ....................................................................................................... 7 - 78
Figure 7-71: Subscriber Penetration.......................................................................................... 7 - 79
Figure 7-72: Live Statistics ......................................................................................................... 7 - 80
Figure 7-73: Pending Message................................................................................................... 7 - 82

xviii

Tables
Table 1-1: Conventions ................................................................................................................ 1 - 2
Table 1-2: Acronyms & Abbreviations ....................................................................................... 1 - 3
Table 2-1: Messaging Types ........................................................................................................ 2 - 6
Table 3-1: View User Details ........................................................................................................ 3 - 4
Table 3-2: Add User ...................................................................................................................... 3 - 6
Table 4-1: Service Parameter ...................................................................................................... 4 - 8
Table 4-2: View Nick Name ........................................................................................................ 4 - 12
Table 4-3: Add Closed User Group ........................................................................................... 4 - 14
Table 4-4: Closed User Group ................................................................................................... 4 - 15
Table 4-5: LI Groups List ........................................................................................................... 4 - 17
Table 4-6: Rules Definition ........................................................................................................ 4 - 19
Table 4-7: MTFSM Failure ......................................................................................................... 4 - 25
Table 4-8: Error Description ...................................................................................................... 4 - 27
Table 4-9: Source VMSC Redirection ....................................................................................... 4 - 31
Table 4-10: Source MSISDN and Source TON-NPI Combination Redirection ...................... 4 - 34
Table 4-11: Destination MSISDN and Destination TON NPI Combination Redirection ........ 4 - 36
Table 4-12: Source MSISDN Based Redirection ...................................................................... 4 - 38
Table 4-13: Destination MSISDN Based Redirection ............................................................... 4 - 40
Table 4-14: Source and Destination MSISDN Combination Redirection ............................... 4 - 42
Table 4-15: Time Based Rule ..................................................................................................... 4 - 46
Table 4-16: PID Redirection ....................................................................................................... 4 - 49
Table 4-17: Source MSISDN Barring ........................................................................................ 4 - 53
Table 4-18: Source VMSC Barring ............................................................................................ 4 - 59
Table 4-19: LI Groups List ......................................................................................................... 4 - 68
Table 4-20: Lawful Interception ................................................................................................ 4 - 71
Table 5-1: Rules Definition .......................................................................................................... 5 - 8
Table 5-2: Sender Alpha Numeric Barring ............................................................................... 5 - 15
Table 5-3: PID Redirection ........................................................................................................ 5 - 27
Table 5-4: Destination MSISDN and Destination TON NPI Combination Redirection .......... 5 - 28
Table 5-5: MTFSM Failure .......................................................................................................... 5 - 31
Table 5-6: Error Description ...................................................................................................... 5 - 33
Table 5-7: Destination MSISDN Based Redirection ................................................................. 5 - 39
Table 5-8: Retry Policy ............................................................................................................... 5 - 41
Table 5-9: Add New Account ..................................................................................................... 5 - 46
Table 5-10: Service Numbers .................................................................................................... 5 - 67
Table 5-11: Service Numbers .................................................................................................... 5 - 72
Table 6-1: Service Parameter ...................................................................................................... 6 - 5
Table 6-2: Rules Definition .......................................................................................................... 6 - 8
Table 6-3: Add VMSC Redirection ............................................................................................. 6 - 12
Table 6-4: Source MSISDN and Source TON-NPI Combination Redirection ....................... 6 - 14
Table 6-5: Source MSISDN Based Redirection ........................................................................ 6 - 16
xix

Table 6-6: Add Rule-Time Based Rule ...................................................................................... 6 - 20


Table 6-7: PID Redirection ......................................................................................................... 6 - 23
Table 6-8: Source MSISDN Barring ........................................................................................... 6 - 27
Table 6-9: Source VMSC Barring .............................................................................................. 6 - 31
Table 6-10: Retry Policy ............................................................................................................. 6 - 41
Table 6-11: Add New Account ...................................................................................................6 - 46
Table 7-1: Virtual Service Center Details .................................................................................... 7 - 7
Table 7-2: Rules List ..................................................................................................................... 7 - 8
Table 7-3: Add Address Translation Rule ................................................................................ 7 - 11
Table 7-4: Address Translation ................................................................................................. 7 - 15
Table 7-5: Add Networks ............................................................................................................ 7 - 18
Table 7-6: Networks .................................................................................................................... 7 - 19
Table 7-7: IMSI Networks ........................................................................................................... 7 - 22
Table 7-8: Redirection Account List ......................................................................................... 7 - 23
Table 7-9: Add SMSC Account - SMPP Connection Type ...................................................... 7 - 27
Table 7-10: Add SMSC Account - UCP Connection Type ....................................................... 7 - 34
Table 7-11: Add SMSC Account -CIMD Connection Type ...................................................... 7 - 39
Table 7-12: Add SMSC Account -SS7 Connection Type ......................................................... 7 - 41
Table 7-13: Add Redirection List Round Robin or Priority Redirection Type .................... 7 - 44
Table 7-14: Add Redirection List - Percentage ........................................................................ 7 - 46
Table 7-15: Redirection List ....................................................................................................... 7 - 48
Table 7-16: Yearly Statistics ...................................................................................................... 7 - 54
Table 7-17: Yearly Statistics ...................................................................................................... 7 - 55
Table 7-18: Yearly P2P Statistics .............................................................................................. 7 - 56
Table 7-19: Monthly Statistics ................................................................................................... 7 - 58
Table 7-20: Daily Statistics ........................................................................................................ 7 - 59
Table 7-21: Hourly Statistics ..................................................................................................... 7 - 61
Table 7-22: Redirection Based Statistics ................................................................................. 7 - 62
Table 7-23: Network Statistics ................................................................................................... 7 - 65
Table 7-24: VMSC Statistics ...................................................................................................... 7 - 69
Table 7-25: IMSI Statistics ......................................................................................................... 7 - 72
Table 7-26: Account Based Statistics ....................................................................................... 7 - 76
Table 7-27: Subscriber Penetration .......................................................................................... 7 - 79
Table 7-28: Live Statistics .......................................................................................................... 7 - 80
Table 7-29: CDR Details ............................................................................................................. 7 - 83
Table B-1: General Errors ......................................................................................................... 3 - VII
Table B-2: Bind Errors .............................................................................................................. 3 - VII
Table B-3: Submit Error ........................................................................................................... 3 - VIII
Table B-4: Throttle Errors .......................................................................................................... 3 - IX
Table B-5: Optional Parameter Error ........................................................................................ 3 - IX
Table B-6: Reserved Error Errors .............................................................................................. 3 - X
Table B-7: UCP Error Codes ....................................................................................................... 3 - X
Table B-8: Result Codes .......................................................................................................... 3 - XIV

xx

Table B-9: Message Status Codes .......................................................................................... 3 - XIV


Table B-10: User Error Codes .................................................................................................. 3 - XV
Table B-11: Provider Error Codes .......................................................................................... 3 - XVII
Table B-12: Internal Error Codes ........................................................................................... 3 - XVII
Table B-13: MTRES Error Code ............................................................................................. 3 - XVIII
Table B-14: User Error Codes ............................................................................................... 3 - XVIII
Table B-15: Internal Error Codes ............................................................................................. 3 - XX
Table B-16: Provider Error ...................................................................................................... 3 - XXII
Table C - 1: MO-MT Barring Rules ........................................................................................ 3 - XXIII
Table C-2: MO-MT Redirection rules ..................................................................................... 3 - XXIII
Table C-3: MO-AT Barring Rules ...........................................................................................3 - XXIV
Table C-4: MO-AT Redirection Rules .....................................................................................3 - XXV
Table C-5: AO-MT Barring Rules ............................................................................................3 - XXV
Table C-6: AO-MT Redirection Rules ....................................................................................3 - XXVI

xxi

xxii

1 Document Overview
1.1 Scope
SMSRouter is an end-to-end messaging platform, which operates in the GSM network. SMSRouter
processes huge volumes of message traffic thereby resulting in network optimization and improved
delivery efficiency.
This manual explains the functionality, features and architecture of SMSRouter. The manual is for
users who would be operating the application.

Note
This is a generic product user manual and covers
all the features of the current version. However,
only the features proposed in the RFP would be
provided.

1.2 Audience
The manual is intended for the System Administrators and Operators of SMSRouter It is assumed that
the audience is familiar with:
Web Browser operations
Navigation of windows
Basic telecommunication concepts
Messaging concepts

1.3 Organization
This manual is organized as follows:

Chapter 1- Document Overview: This chapter explains the scope and audience
profile of the manual.

Chapter 2 - Overview: This chapter gives an overview about SMSRouter and its
functionality.

Chapter 3 SMSRouter Web Operations: This chapter provides information on


SMSC graphical user interface.

Chapter 4 Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging: This chapter explains the call flow and
features of SMSRouter in case of mobile to mobile messaging.

Chapter 5 Application-to-Mobile Messaging: This chapter explains the call flow


and features of SMSRouter in case of application to mobile messaging.

Document Overview

1-1

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Chapter 6 Mobile-to-Application Messaging : This chapter explains the call flow


and features of SMSRouter in case of application to mobile messaging.

Chapter 6 Generic Features: This chapter explains the generic features of


SMSRouter, which are applicable to all the messaging types.

Appendix A Frequently Asked Questions: Contains the frequently asked questions


and their answers.

Appendix A Error Codes: Explains SMSRouter error codes of the errors


encountered by SMSRouter during transmission of messages

Appendix B Rules List: Explains SMSRouter rules hierarchy.

1.4 Conventions
The set of writing conventions used to highlight and distinguish different information types is listed below:

Table 1-1: Conventions

Information
Window/Screen/Button/Icon/
Menu/Field Names

Convention
All names as seen in the
applications are written in bold
Click

OK to continue.

The

New User window


appears.

Enter

your login name in User


Name.

Names of Files/Sections/
Documents/Folders/Fields/
Parameters

Files/Sections/Documents/
Folders/Fields/Parameters
names are written in Italics
Refer to Information.doc for
details.

Text to be Entered/Commands/
Code

Enter the following:

Output text
Key presses

mysql > show


table status
like <table
name>
compat-gcc-c++7.3-2.96.128
<Enter>, <Esc>
New Feature

Source: Comviva

1-2

Document Overview

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note

Check

Warning

1.5 Acronyms and Abbreviations

Table 1-2: Acronyms & Abbreviations

Document Overview

Acronym

Expansion

AO-SM

Application Originated-Short
Message

MO-MT

Mobile Originated-Mobile
Terminated

MO-AT

Mobile Originated-Application
Terminated

AO-MT

Application Originated-Mobile
Terminated

AO-AT

Application OriginatedApplication Terminated

AT-SM

Application Terminated-Short
Message

BSC

Base Station Controller

ESME

External Short Message Entity

FSM

Forward Short Message

DDA

Direct Delivery Attempt

1 - 3N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 1-2: Acronyms & Abbreviations

1-4

Acronym

Expansion

GMSC

Gateway Mobile Switching


Center

VMSC

Visited Mobile Switching Center

GSM

Global System for Mobile


Communication

HLR

Home Location Register

IWMSC

Inter-working Mobile Switching


Center

MAP

Mobile Application Part

MIN

Mobile Identification Number

MO-SM

Mobile-Originated Short
Message

MS

Mobile Station

MSC

Mobile Switching Center

FSM

Forward Short Message

MT-SM

Mobile-Terminated Short
Message

SMD-PP

Short Message Delivery Point-toPoint

SM

Short Message

SMS

Short Message Service

SME

Short Message Entity

SMSC

Short Message Switching Center

SMPP

Short Message Peer-to Peer


protocol

SMTP

Simple Mail Transfer Protocol

SS7

Signaling System 7

UCP

Universal Control Protocol

Document Overview

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0


Table 1-2: Acronyms & Abbreviations

Acronym

Expansion

VLR

Visitor Location Register

MT-FSM

Mobile Terminated Forward


Short Message

MOR

Mobile Originated Receiver

SRI

Send Routing Information

MTS

Mobile Terminating Server

RE

Rule Engine

NDC

National Destination Code

MSISDN

Mobile Station Integrated


Services Digital Network

NPI

Numbering Plan Indicator

IMSI

International Mobile Subscriber


Identity

PID

Protocol Identification

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

TON

Type of Number

NPI

Numbering Plan Indicator

SRIFSM

Send Routing Information For


Short Message

VPS

Voice Processing System

CC

Country Code
Source: Comviva

1.6 References
GSM 01.04: "Digital cellular telecommunication system (Phase 2+); Abbreviations and

acronyms".
GSM 03.40 (ETS 300 536): "Digital cellular telecommunication system (Phase 2); Technical

realization of the Short Message Service (SMS) Point to Point (PP)".


Document Overview

1 - 5N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

GSM 03.47 (ETR 354): "Digital cellular telecommunication system; Example protocol stacks for

interconnecting Service Center(s) (SC) and Mobile-services Switching Center(s) (MSC)".


GSM 09.02: "Digital cellular telecommunication system (Phase 2+); Mobile Application Part

(MAP) specification".
CCITT Recommendation E.164 (Blue Book): "Numbering plan for the ISDN era".
CCITT Recommendation E.163 (Blue Book): "Numbering plan for the international telephone

service".
CCITT Recommendation X.208: "Specification of basic encoding rules for Abstract Syntax

Notation One (ASN.1)".


CCITT Recommendation X.209: "Specification of Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1)".
Documentation on SS7 from Adax HDC Card

1.7 Feedback
It is our goal to provide you with accurate, timely and useful documentation. Send your comments, suggestions and feedback to techwriters@comviva.com.

1-6

Document Overview

2 Overview
2.1 SMS
Short Message Service (SMS) is a globally accepted communication protocol that enables
transmission of text, alphanumeric, flash, and binary messages between two mobile phones and
between the mobile phone and the application.
SMS offers the following benefits to the network Operators:
Increased call completion on wireless and wire-line networks by leveraging the notification

capabilities of SMS
Alternative to alphanumeric paging services
Provisioning of value added services such as e-mail, voicemail and fax mail integration,

reminder service, stock and currency quotes and airline schedules


Provisioning of key administrative services such as over the air downloading and service

provisioning

2.2 SMSRouter
The increase in short message traffic is forcing the Operators to look for alternatives because the
conventional store and forward mode of messaging and the static entry or exit architecture of SMSCs
are not feasible to handle large message volumes. This results in low QoS (Quality of Service).
The solution to this problem is to have intelligent message routing and load balancing algorithms that
are configurable on the fly. SMSRouter enables the Operators to add value to the network by offering
message routing with a click of a button and analyze message details to intelligently route messages.
The SMSRouter solution augments the SMS capacity by reducing expenditure on expensive SMSC
licenses and hardware upgrades for the point-based SMSC installations.
SMSRouter enables the exchange of messages between applications and mobile phones. The
application that connects to SMSRouter to send or receive messages is known as an External Short
Messaging Entity (ESME).
Typical examples of ESMEs are systems that send automated marketing messages to mobile users
and voting systems that process SMS votes. Tele-voting has been most popularly linked with popular
TV shows such as American Idol and other similar competitions around the world.
Release 4.0 of the SMSRouter application supports two types of features: Built-in features and
Configurable features. Built-in features are embedded in the system logic and cannot be modified.
Configurable features can be created and modified by the user. Configurable features are configured
using the SMSRouter GUI.

2.3 Network Architecture

Overview

2-1

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 2-1: Network Architecture

The mobile originated short messages are routed from the MSC to SMSRouter over SS7 or Sigtran.
SMSRouter validates the messages against the rules configured in the system. After the validation checks,
messages are queued in the Hauler for further processing. SMSRouter sends an acknowledgement to
subscribers after the messages are stored in the DB module. It sends an SRIFSM request to the HLR to
retrieve the VMSC and IMSI information of the destination mobiles and attempts to deliver the messages
using MTFSM. SMSRouter may either interface with another MSC directly over SS7 or use SIGTRAN for
tunneling messages over IP to a capable Signal Transfer Point (STP). If temporary delivery failure occurs,
the messages are routed to any of the legacy SMSCs (Fallback SMSCs) or to peer SMSRouter nodes over
SMPP or UCP or CIMD. Messages can also be forwarded to Comvivas SMSC (Comvivas SMSC can also
act as a legacy SMSC) for further retry attempts over the proprietary interface. The Fallback SMSC retries
message delivery as per the retry policy. If the Delivery report option is enabled for the subscribers,
SMSRouter collects the Delivery report and forwards it to subscribers. The Delivery reports are queued in
for collection. The reports are collected in a FIFO manner.
The flow of mobile originated messages is as follows:
Message is sent from the mobile to the MSC.
MSC routes the message to SMSRouter.
SMSRouter makes a Direct Delivery Attempt (DDA) to the destination mobile.
If the DDA succeeds, a Delivery report is generated and sent to the sender mobile.
If the DDA fails, SMSRouter stores the message in its secondary memory. Message delivery is

retried based on the retry policy configured for the destination number or account ID.
Messages can also be forwarded to the Fallback SMSC.

2-2

Overview

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Based on the rules configured in the system, SMSRouter may not attempt to directly deliver the

received messages. In such cases, it forwards the messages to the attached legacy SMSCs in
the network over IP or SS7 or proprietary protocols or to Comvivas SMSC (over the proprietary
protocol) for further delivery.
All the AO messages are sent to SMSRouter through SMPP or CIMD or UCP. The flow of application originated messages is as follows:
ESME forwards the messages to SMSRouter over SMPP or UCP or CIMD.
SMSRouter makes a Direct Delivery Attempt (DDA) to the destination mobile.
If the DDA succeeds, a Delivery report is generated and sent to the ESME client.
If the DDA fails, SMSRouter stores the message in its secondary memory. Message delivery is

retried based on the retry policy configured for the destination number or account ID.
Messages can also be forwarded to the Fallback SMSC.
Based on the rules configured in the system, SMSRouter may not attempt to directly deliver the

received messages. In such cases, it forwards the messages to the attached legacy SMSCs in
the network over IP or SS7 or proprietary protocols or to Comvivas SMSC (over the proprietary
protocol) for further delivery.
If the ESME has registered for a Delivery report, the Delivery report is sent to the ESME in the

event of permanent errors.


The requirements for SMSRouter to interface with the GSM network are:
Network should run on ITU-T compliant MAP version 1/2/3.
Gateway Mobile Switch Center (GMSC), which is the main entry or exit point in the network,

should be connected to the external network on E1 links.


MSC and SMSRouter should interface on E1 through SS7 signaling messages.
SMSRouter should have at least one self-point code.
SMSRouter should have one dedicated Message Center address (GT)

2.4 System Architecture


The detailed system architecture of SMSRouter is shown below:

Overview

2 - 3N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 2-2: System Architecture

SMSRouter consists of the following components:


MOR Module: The MOR module validates the MSISDN and VMSC of the mobile originated
messages. The messages are verified using the rules configured in the system. The valid
messages are forwarded to the SRI module for further processing.
SRI Module: The SRI module sends SRIFSM requests to the network to get the IMSI and

VMSC of the destination MSISDNs. After receiving a SRI response, the SRI module checks the
IMSI and VMSC against the barring rules (configured in the system). The valid messages are
forwarded to the MTS module for further processing.
MTS Module: The MTS module makes an attempt to deliver the messages (updated with the

IMSI and VMSC of the destination MSISDNs) received from the SRI module. On the basis of
the results of the delivery attempt, MTS sends a Delivery report to the message sender or

2-4

Overview

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

redirects or re-attempts the delivery of the message based on the rules configured in the
system.
Redirection (RR) Module: The RR module receives the messages redirected from the other

SMSRouter modules (MOR, SRI and MTS). This module communicates with the Rule Engine
(RE) to check whether or not the configured legacy SMSC is connected to SMSRouter. If the
SMSC is connected, the Rule Engine returns socket information for message delivery. The
messages are updated with the relevant socket information and forwarded to SMPP Client for
further processing.
DB Module: The DB module uses intelligent retry mechanisms to schedule delivery attempt of

messages, which are not delivered due to temporary or permanent errors. The module stores
the messages received from the different modules in the database. On the basis of the retry
policies configured in the system, SMSRouter retries to deliver the stored messages. The DB
module also pulls messages from the database and forwards them to the SRI module for
further processing.
CRM Module: In a cluster setup, the CRM module routes application-terminated messages to

peer SMSRouter nodes. In this setup, ESMEs can connect to any of nodes using the load
balancer. The CRM module routes messages to the node, on which the destination ESME is
connected. If the ESME is not connected to any node, the CRM module forwards the
messages to the DB module, which stores messages in the database.
Log Server: The Log server receives log packets from all the modules and writes log data to log

files.
Rule Engine: The Rule Engine controls the flow of messages in SMSRouter. The Rule Engine

loads or reloads all the rules from the database to the system memory. It interacts with all the
modules (MOR, SRI, MTS, and RR) to check whether rules need to be updated or changed
whenever the rules are changed through the SMSRouter GUI. If rules are changed, the GUI
sends a UDP signal to the Rule Engine. The Rule Engine updates the changes in the relevant
modules.
ESME Client: ESME Clients receive messages (that contain SMSC details) from the RR

module. The ESME Client transmits messages to the external Fallback SMSC configured in the
system over SMPP/UCP for further processing. The ESME Client maintains connection with
the SMSC for message transmission.
ESME Server: The external ESME Clients interact with the ESME server over SMPP/UCP. The

ESME server receives messages from the external ESME Clients and forwards these
messages to the SRI module for further processing. The ESME server delivers Application
Terminated messages to the external ESME Clients.
Stack: The MAP stack maintains connectivity between SMSRouter and SS7 network. The MAP

stack is configured to interact with SS7 network over LSL/HSL/M3UA/SUA links. In a clustered
setup, the stack distributes the messages in a round robin manner to distribute load evenly
among the multiple SMSRouter applications connected to it.
Signaling Server: The Signaling server acts as an interface between SMSRouter and the MAP

stack.
MySQL Database: The MySQL database is used to store all the configuration, statistics and

rule information. MySQL is also used for storing messages that need to be retried.

2.5 Messaging Types


SMSRouter supports the following messaging types:
Mobile-to-Mobile Messaging (MO-MT)
Overview

2 - 5N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Application-to-Mobile Messaging (AO-MT)


Mobile-to-Application Messaging (MO-AT)
Application-to-Application Messaging (AO-AT)

The following table briefly describes the different message types handled by SMSRouter:

Table 2-1: Messaging Types

Message Type

Definition

MO-MT Messaging

Delivers messages originating


from a mobile to a destination
mobile.

AO-MT Messaging

Delivers messages originating


from an application to a
destination mobile.

AO-MT Messaging

Delivers messages originating


from an application to a
destination mobile.

AO-AT Messaging

Application originated
Application Terminated
messages. This is a very rare
situation in a live network.
Source: Comviva

The call flow and the features supported in each messaging type are discussed in the subsequent
sections. Messages are handled in four different ways:
Direct Delivery Attempt: SMSRouter tries to deliver messages in the first attempt before opting

for the conventional store and forward mode of message delivery. This enhances throughput
capabilities for message handling and optimizes the usage of the SMSRouter network.
Store & Forward (S&F): SMSRouter and SMSC functionalities can be combined together to

support the store & forward mode of message delivery. The message delivery takes place
through one of the two modes listed below:
Direct

Delivery is attempted for messages received from a specific account. If it fails,


the messages are stored in the DB module and retried based on the retry policy
configured for the account. If there is no retry policy and error-based redirection
defined for the destination account, retry is attempted based on the default retry policy.

If

AO messages have the store and forward flag enabled, the messages are stored in
the secondary memory of SMSRouter before attempting message delivery. If the
message cannot be delivered in the first attempt, the message delivery is reattempted
based on the retry policy configured for the destination account.

2-6

Overview

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

If S&F flag is not enabled in a message, SMSRouter attempts to deliver the message
before storing the message for future delivery. The Operator can enable the S&F flag for
specific accounts. The S&F flag is enabled for non-critical messages. The Direct Delivery
Attempt flag is enabled for critical messages.
DDA Failure Forwarding: If a message cannot be delivered in the first attempt, the message is

forwarded to a Fallback SMSC configured in the system. The Fallback SMSC takes care of the
message delivery attempts and the handling of Delivery reports. Message forwarding is based
on the rules defined in SMSRouter.
Message Forwarding: SMSRouter can be configured to forward messages to other entities

(STP, SMSC, SMS Hub) based on redirection rules and generic interfaces.

Overview

2 - 7N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

2-8

Overview

3 SMSRouter Web Operations


SMSRouter has an easy-to-use Web-based Graphical User Interface (GUI) that allows System
Administrator to perform administrative operations and view reports. Only authorized users can access
the SMSRouter GUI and carry out administrative tasks.
The System Administrator can access all the available menu options of the application. The System
Administrator has rights to add and delete user accounts. The Administrator grants access rights to
users as per requirement. It is mandatory to create a System Administrator account in the system. The
System Administrator account cannot be deleted.
There are two types of users who access the application:
Super User: Super user can access all the available menu options of the application.
Customized User: Customized users are granted restricted access to the application.

Note
System Administrators can create any number of
super and customized users.

3.1 Application Access


To access the interface, you need the following:
Java-enabled browser, such as Internet Explorer 6 (or higher) Netscape Navigator 7 (or
higher).
IP address of the SMSRouter server.

After configuring the Web server (refer to the SMSRouter Installation Manual for details on Web server
configuration) with an IP address and port number, you can access the application and administer
SMSRouter services.
To access and log on to the SMSRouter application:
Start the Browser (Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox).
Type the following URL in the Address bar:

http://<IP Address>: <Port Number>

Note
URL is the IP address of the Linux server where
SMSRouter is installed.

SMSRouter Web Operations

3-1

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 3-1: Login

Enter the login name in User Name.


Enter the login password in Password.
Select the message service center name from the SC Name list to log on to a given SMSRouter

GUI.
Click Login.

Figure 3-2: Home Page

The System Administrator can access all the available menu options:

3-2

SMSRouter Web Operations

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 3-3: Menu Map

3.2 User Management


Two types of users access the SMSRouter application:
System Administrator/Super user
Customized users

3.2.1 Provisioning Users


The Provision User link is used to add Super users and Customized users, grant access rights to users
and modify the access rights of existing users. Only a System Administrator or Super user can add users.

Viewing Users
SMSRouter Web Operations

3 - 3N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

This option is used to view details of the users who can access the SMSRouter application.
To view existing user details:
User Management > Provision Users

Figure 3-4: View Users

The following table lists the fields of the User Details screen:

Table 3-1: View User Details

Field

Description

Validation

Account User Name

Login name of the user.

NA

Account Status

Status of the user account:

NA

Active
Inactive

Account Type

NA

Type of user:
Super

user

Customized

user

Activation Date

Date of account activation.

NA

Expiry Date

Date of account expiry.

NA

Edit Privileges

Used to edit user privileges.

NA

Delete

Used to delete user from the


SMSRouter database.

NA
Source: Comviva

3-4

SMSRouter Web Operations

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Adding Users
The Add User option is used to create Super users and Customized users in the system.

Note
Multiple super user and customized users can be
created.

To add a user:
User Management > Provision Users > Add User

Figure 3-5: Add User

The following table lists the fields of the Add User screen:

SMSRouter Web Operations

3 - 5N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 3-2: Add User

Field

Description

Validation

User Name*

Login name of the user to access


the SMSRouter application

Should

start with an alphabet

Alphanumeric
Special

characters (, *, #)
except for the underscore are
not allowed.

Password to access the


SMSRouter application.

Password*

Should

start with an alphabet

Minimum
Maximum

Confirm Password*
Account Type

two characters
nine characters

Re-enter password for


verification.

Same as password

Type of user:

NA

Super

user

Customized

user

Date of Activation*

Date of account activation

NA

Date of Expiry*

Date of account expiry

NA

Account Status

Status of the user account:

NA

Active
Inactive

Source: Comviva

Enter a login name for the user in User Name.


Enter a login password for the user in Password.
Re-enter the password in Confirm Password.
Select the type of user from the Account Type list:
Customized
Super

User: Customized user has limited access rights

User: Super user has all the access rights

Note
User Privileges and Clear are disabled on selecting
Super User as the account type.
Select the date of activating the user account in Date of Activation.
Select the date of expiry of the user account in Date of Expiry.
Select Active to activate the account or select Inactive to deactivate the account.

3-6

SMSRouter Web Operations

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Select the privileges to be granted to the user:


Service

Management

Virtual

Service Center

Networks
IMSI

Network

Service

Parameters

Address
Nick

Closed

Rules

Translation

Name
User Groups

Management

Redirection

Accounts

Redirection

List

Rules

Configuration

Canned
Retry

ESME

Message

Policy

Management

ESME

Accounts

Distribution

List

Ports
Service

Performance

Numbers

Analysis

Statistics
Redirection
Network
VMSC
IMSI

Statistics

Statistics

Account

Statistics

Network

Statistics

Live

Message

statistics

Management

Query

User

Statistics

Statistics

Status

Management
Change

Password

Click Done to create the new user account.

Or
Click Clear to reset the fields.
Or
Click Cancel to return to the User Details screen.

SMSRouter Web Operations

3 - 7N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Modifying Users
The System Administrator can modify the access privileges of existing users.
To modify user access privileges:
User Management > Provision Users

Figure 3-6: User Details - Edit

To edit the privileges of a given user:


Click Edit to modify the access privileges of a user.

Figure 3-7: Edit User

3-8

SMSRouter Web Operations

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
You cannot edit User Name, Password, and Date
of Activation.

Change the required field values.


Click Done to save the changes and return to the User Details screen.

Deleting Users
This option is used to delete super and customized user accounts.
To delete a user account:
User Management > Provision Users

Figure 3-8: User Details - Delete

Click Delete to delete a given user account. A pop-up window appears to reconfirm the

operation.
Click OK.

Figure 3-9: User Successfully Deleted

SMSRouter Web Operations

3 - 9N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

3.2.2 Modifying Passwords


The Change Password option enables users to change their login password.
To change the login password:
User Management > Change Password

Figure 3-10: Change Password

Enter the login name in User Name.


Enter a new password in New Password.
Re-enter the new password in Re-type the password.
Click Save to change the password.

The successful password change message appears:

Figure 3-11: Password Successfully Changed

3.3 Logging Out


The Logout option is used to exit the application.
To exit the application:

3 - 10

SMSRouter Web Operations

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Click Logout.

Figure 3-12: Logout

Click Re Login to log on to the application.

3.4 Viewing Documentation


The Documentation option is used to view SMSRouter user documentation.
To view user documentation:
Documentation

Figure 3-13: SMSRouter Manuals

3.5 Viewing Contact Addresses


The Contact Us option is used to view the Comviva office addresses.
To view the office addresses:

SMSRouter Web Operations

3 - 11N

Contact Us

Figure 3-14: Office Locations

The screen displays Comviva office addresses in different parts of the world.

3.6 Viewing SMSRouter Product Information


The About option displays the following information:
Product Name
Product Version
Product Platform
Vendor Name
Support Email Address
End User License Agreement

To view the product related information:

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 3-15: About

SMSRouter Web Operations

3 - 13N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

3 - 14

SMSRouter Web Operations

4 Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging


SMSRouter supports bi-directional message exchange between mobile subscribers. This message
exchange is referred to Mobile Originated-Mobile Terminated (MO-MT) messaging.

4.1 Call Flows


Direct Delivery
The sequential flow diagram depicting the Direct Delivery of MO-MT message is as follows:

Figure 4-1: MO-MT Messaging - Direct Delivery

1. The Short Message (SM) from the Originating Mobile Station (MS) goes to the Mobile
Service Center (MSC).
2. MSC sends the SM to SMSRouter using the Forward Short Message (FSM) operation.
3. SMSRouter sends an acknowledgement to the MSC.
Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4-1

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

4.
5.
6.
7.

MSC delivers the FSM acknowledgment to the originating MS.


SMSRouter queries the HLR for the location of the destination MS.
HLR returns the destination MSC for the terminating MS.
SMSRouter delivers the SM (using the FSM operation) to the MSC serving the terminating
MS.
8. MSC delivers the SM to the terminating MS.
9. Terminating MS sends an acknowledgement on the outcome of the SM delivery operation
to the MSC.
10. MSC returns the FSM operation response to SMSRouter.
11. SMSRouter sends a Delivery report to the MSC serving the originating MS.
12. MSC sends the Delivery report to the originating MS.

DDA Failure Forwarding


The sequential flow diagram depicting the DDA failure forwarding of MO-MT message is as follows:

Figure 4-2: MO-MT Messaging Redirection

1. The Short Message (SM) from the Originating Mobile Station (MS) goes to the Mobile
Service Center (MSC).
2. MSC sends SM to SMSRouter using the Forward Short Message (FSM) operation.

4-2

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

3. SMSRouter sends the acknowledgement to the MSC.


4. MSC delivers the FSM acknowledgment to the originating MS.
5. SMSRouter queries the HLR for the location of the destination MS.
6. HLR sends the SRI response to SMSRouter. The error codes in the SRI response
indicates whether the SRIFSM response is positive or negative:
Positive Response: There is no change in the message flow. (Move to Step 7).
Negative

Response: Two types of errors may occur:

Temporary

Error: The message is redirected to a particular Fallback SMSC


based on the rules configured in SMSRouter. If there are no rules configured in
the system, the message is redirected to the default SMSC.

Permanent

Error: Message is dropped.

7. SMSRouter forwards the message to the Fallback SMSC through SMPP/UCP/CIMD2/


SIGTRAN/SS7 over TCP/IP or SS7 links using appropriate packets.
8. In response, the Fallback SMSC sends the deliver_sm packet through CIMD1 over TCP/
IP to SMSRouter.
9. SMSRouter sends the FSM operation response to the MSC.
10. MSC sends the Delivery report to the originating MS.

Note
A Delivery report is sent only when the report is
requested for, irrespective of the success or failure
of message delivery.

4.2 Configuring Built-in Features for MO - MT Messaging


The features discussed in the subsequent sections are configured at the system level in SMSRouter.

4.2.1 Message Handling


Mobile originated messages are sent to the SMSRouter system for validations. SMSRouter queries the
HLR for MS routing information and requests the MSC or VLR for the required resources to deliver messages to the destination mobiles. The Visited Public Land Mobile Network (VPLMN) routes messages to
the destination MSCs.
After SMSRouter node accepts any message, the node sends an acknowledgement notification to the
sender. After delivering messages to the recipients, SMSRouter sends Delivery report to the sender.
Example:
Peter sends a message to Jenny. SMSRouter queries the HLR of mobile station for the MSC and VLR of
Jenny. On receiving the details, SMSRouter delivers the message to Jenny and sends a Delivery report to
Peter.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 3N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

4.2.2 Binary Message Support


SMS messages can contain binary data. A binary SMS message can have up to 140 bytes of data.
The data can be split into two parts:
User Data Header (UDH)
Actual data

SMSRouter handles the following types of binary messages:


Multipart Messages: If the message length is greater than 160 characters (as per MAP

specification) SMSRouter splits the message into several parts and delivers the message.
Each message is spilt in two parts:
User

data header (UDH): Contains seven characters

Actual

data: Contains 153 characters

Picture Messages and Operator Logo: Operator logos are graphic images that are displayed on

a phone when the phone enters a GSM network. An Operator logo is identified by the country
code and mobile network code. GSM handsets supporting this technology store multiple
images at a time. When a handset moves between networks, the mobile displays the logo of
the current Operator. SMSRouter supports streaming of picture messages using appropriate
Data Coding Scheme (DCS) or User Data Header (UDH) values.
Ring Tones: Ring tones are played when the GSM phone rings. Ring tones can be composed

using an editor and sent as SMS messages. SMSRouter supports streaming of ring tones
using appropriate DCS or UDH values.
V Card: V Card defines the format of electronic business cards. All the devices supporting V

Card can exchange information such as phone numbers and addresses. SMSRouter supports
streaming of these messages.

4.2.3 Intermediate Delivery Reports


SMSRouter supports the generation of intermediate delivery reports for MT messages. Intermediate
delivery reports are generated in case of temporary errors. The system generates an intermediate delivery
report and sends it to originating mobile indicating the message status. If intermediate delivery report is not
received from SMSRouter, handsets do not display the status of the message as pending. This feature
enables the Operator to overcome this issue. If intermediate delivery report flag is enabled, the delivery
status of the message is displayed as pending.
Example:
Peter sends a message to Michelle. On receiving the message, SMSRouter immediately tries to deliver the
message to Michelle. If Michelles mobile is out of the coverage area, SMSRouter sends the Delivery
report as pending to Peter. Whenever Michelles mobile is reachable, SMSRouter delivers the message to
Michelle and sends the Delivery report as delivered to Peter.

4.2.4 Large Message Buffer Pool


SMSRouter has a large message buffer pool and can store up to 200,000 of messages (configurable) for
direct delivery. SMSRouter can store a maximum of 1 million messages for retries. Operators can
configure the message count for direct deliveries and retries. The system buffers incoming messages for
retry attempts when there are minor problems in the Operators network. Once the threshold limit is
crossed, SMSRouter rejects incoming messages through MO and AO channels.

4-4

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
The maximum buffer size is based on the operating
system and hardware memory constraints.

4.2.5 MAP1, MAP2 and MAP3 Support for MO Messages


SMSRouter supports MAP1, MAP2 and MAP3 versions for MO messages. The system tries to deliver MT
FSM in the default MAP version of the network. If the system encounters an error while delivering
messages, it retries to deliver messages using a lower MAP version. The process goes on till the message
delivery is successful. The MTFSM packet received at the server determines the MAP version.

4.2.6 Override Reply via Same Service Center


SMSRouter supports the reply via same service center parameter in Mobile Terminated SMS (MTSMS)
messages. If a subscriber sets the reply via same service parameter while sending messages, the
response messages by the recipients are forced to transmit through the same SMSRouter, which sent the
the messages to the recipient. This feature is used in scenarios when the mobile Operator does not
provide SMS services. In SMSRouter, the parameter can be set globally for all messages. The parameter
needs to be configured before the service is implemented because changes cannot be made dynamically.
If a change is to be made in the parameter and the changed value is to be made effective, the SMSRouter
server is restarted. This feature is used in scenarios when the mobile Operator does not provide SMS
services.
Example:
Peter sends an SMS message to James. The network Operator of James does not have an SMSC in the
network. In such scenarios, if the Operator sets the parameter reply via same service center the response
messages sent by James to Peter are routed through the same SMSRouter that is used to send the
message from Peter to James.

4.2.7 Support for Personalized SMS Services


SMSRouter supports the following personalized SMS services. These features facilitate in increase of
subscriber loyalty, satisfaction and generate revenue for the Operators.

Configuring SMS Auto Replies


Subscribers can configure an auto-reply message for incoming messages. The subscriber needs to send
an Auto Reply scan command to the given short code to use this feature. On successful configuration of
the command, whenever the subscriber receives messages, the system sends the auto-reply to the
sender.
Command to Enable Auto Reply
Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 5N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

<AUTOREPLY> <auto reply message>


Command to Disable Auto Reply
<Cancel AUTOREPLY>

Configuring SMS Forward Services


Subscribers use this service to forward messages to any other configured number. The subscriber sends a
message to a given short code, which contains the forward command and the number to which the
message needs to be forwarded. On successful configuration of the command, all messages are
forwarded to the configured number. A Delivery report is sent from the original number of the subscriber to
the MSISDN, which has sent the message.
Command to Enable Forward Service
<FORWARD> <Forwarded Number>
Command to Disable Forward Service
<Cancel FORWARD>
Example
Subscriber A can set a rule to forward all messages to mobile number 919810012345.

Configuring SMS Copy Services


Subscribers use this feature to copy messages to any other number. Subscribers send a message to the
given short code to enable this feature. The message should contain copy command and the copied
number. Once the command is configured, messages sent to the subscribers are copied to the configured
number.
Command to Enable SMS Copy Service
<COPY> <Copied Number>
Command to Disable SMS Copy Service
<Cancel COPY>

Configuring Deferred Delivery Services


Subscribers can send a message to delay the delivery of a message to the given short code. Messages
are stored in the database till the delivery time. Subscribers specify the time and destination number in the
following SMS format.
Command to Enable Deferred Delivery
<DEFERRED> <HHMM> <+(number)
<Destination Number> <SMS>

4-6

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

4.3 Configuring SMSRouter Web GUI for MO-MT Messaging


The following functionalities are configured from the Web GUI of SMSRouter for MO-MT messaging.

4.3.1 Configuring Service Parameters


The routing properties of the SMSRouter are controlled by a set of configurable parameters, referred to as
Service Parameters. Service parameters have default values that can be changed as and when required.
To configure service parameters:
Service Management> Service Parameter

Figure 4-3: Service Parameter

The fields of the screen are described in the table below:

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 7N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-1: Service Parameter

Field
Blocking of Delivery
Report

Description
Used to enable or disable
Delivery reports. Select to stop
the generation of Delivery
reports.

Validations
NA

Example: Select the field during


high network congestion during
festivals.
Blocking of Handling
Multipart Messages

Used to enable to disable the


delivery of messages in multiple
parts. Select to disable splitting
messages.

NA

Example: Select the field in case


of long text and picture
messages.
GD Interface Flag

Used to enable or disable


message delivery over the GPRS
and GSM network.

NA

Retry Attempts (In Sec)

Time interval, in seconds,

Numeric

message retry attempts.

Minimum

length is three digits

There is only one retrial per


message.

4-8

Route Application
Terminated Message

List of Fallback SMSCs to route


all application-terminated
messages.

NA

Max Length of Short


Code

Maximum length of short code.

Numeric

Max Message Length

Maximum length of MO
messages.

Numeric

Flash Message Enable


Flag

Indicates whether or not flash


messages are to be sent to
subscribers. Flash messages are
sent when the SIM storage
capacity of the mobile is full and
message delivery fails.

NA

Flash Message

Content of the flash message to


be sent.

Alphanumeric

Maximum

length is 10 characters

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-1: Service Parameter

Field
Translation Type

Description
Indicates the type of translation
for Global Title translation.
Values can be:
0

Validations
NA

- Unknown

[1-63]:InternationalServices

[64 127] - Spare

[128 254] - Spare

Numbering Plan(NP)

255 - Reserved

Indicates the numbering plan of


the MSISDN. NPI can be of the
following types:

NA

E164
X121
TELEX
NATIONAL
PRIVATE
Internet

IP

EXTENSION

Store & Forward Enable

Indicates whether or not


SMSRouter should store the
message in DB module and
forward messages if Direct
Delivery Attempt fails.

NA

Anti Spoofing Enable

Spoofing is the process of


translating the IP or MSISDN
address of a given packet so that
SMSRouter assumes that the
request came from a trusted
source. Anti-Spoofing
(abbreviated A-S or AS) is a
method of denying the IP or
MSISDN address, which are not
from trusted source. This field
indicates whether or not anti
spoofing is enabled. If enabled,
SMSRouter sends a SRI query to
the HLR. On receiving the SRI
response, SMSRouter validates
the IMSI and VMSC in the
message against the IMSI and
VMSC in the SRI response.

NA

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 9N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-1: Service Parameter

Field

Description

Validations

Override Reply Path

Indicates whether or not


subscribers can respond to a
message through the same
service center.

NA

Deferred Short Code

SMSRouter supports deferred


delivery of messages. On
receiving a message scheduled
for delivery to a short code with
deferred delivery set (in the
scheduled_delivery_time
parameter of the message PDU)
to a future date and time,
SMSRouter stores the message
in the secondary memory. It
attempts to deliver the message
at the scheduled date and time.

Valid short code

Presentation SC

SMSRouter allows configuration


of different service center to be
presentated to a subscriber. The
actual service center address is
hidden and the configured
service center address is visible
to the subscribre.

NA

Source: Comviva

Configure the required parameters.


Click Done to save the changes.

4.3.2 Generation of Delivery Reports


On receiving a message, SMSRouter checks the values of the Delivery status flag. If enabled, SMSRouter
generates a Delivery report after message delivery to the destination mobile and sends the report to the
message sender. If the message is dropped after the first delivery attempt, a failure report is sent to the
message sender. A single attempt is made to re-deliver the Delivery report if delivery fails the first time.
The Delivery report is not forwarded to the SMSC for further delivery attempts.

4.3.3 Creating and Maintaining Nick Name s


Nicknames are used to mask the CLI of the message senders. This is done for security reasons or
whenever promotional and other generic messages are to be sent. CLIs of important persons or sensitive
organizations are also masked for security reasons or to avoid unwanted calls.

4 - 10

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

The Nick Name option enables the Operator to create the nicknames for source MSISDNs. The nickname
replaces the source MSISDNs while delivering messages.
For example, the CLI from which stock alerts are sent to the subscribers is masked as National Stock
Exchange (NSE).

Viewing Nicknames
This option is used to view the following:
Masked MSISDNs
Nicknames assigned to the MSISDNs
Type of Number (TON) of a MSISDN. TON can be of the following types:
International:

International TON implies that the number starts with the Country Code
followed by the National Destination Code and the subscriber number.

National:

National TON implies that the number starts with the country code followed
by the National Destination Code and the subscriber number.

Network

Specific: Network specific TONs starts with the network specific code followed
by the MSISDN. Refer to GSM 03.40, Technical realization of the Short Message
Service Specifications for details.

Subscriber:

Subscriber TONs starts without the international and national codes. Refer
to GSM 03.40, Technical realization of the Short Message Service Specifications for
details.

Alphanumeric:

Alphanumeric addressing provides a means of using human-readable


names for addresses. In SMPP, an alphanumeric address can have digits (0-9) and
alphabetical characters (a-z or A-Z). For example, a Voice Mail server may send
Voicemail as an alphanumeric source address with TON set as 5.

Abbreviated:

Same as Alphanumeric. Refer to GSM 03.40, Technical realization of the


Short Message Service Specifications for details.

Extension:

Refer to GSM 03.40, Technical realization of the Short Message Service


Specifications for details.

Numbering Plan Indicator (NPI) of the MSISDN. NPI can be of the following types:
E164
X121
TELEX
NATIONAL
PRIVATE
Internet

IP

EXTENSION

Type of MSISDN - Source or MSISDN

To view existing nicknames:

Service Management> Nick Name

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 11N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-4: Nick Name

The following table lists the fields of the Nick Name screen:

Table 4-2: View Nick Name

Field

Description

Validation

Number

Number for which the nickname


is configured.

NA

Length

Length of the entered number.

NA

Nick Name

Nickname for the number.

NA

TON

Type of Number (TON) used in


the address parameters.

NA

NPI

Numeric Plan Indicator (NPI)


used in the address parameters.

NA

Source/Destination

Indicates the type of number:


source or destination.

NA

Edit

Used to edit the nickname.

NA

Delete

Used to delete the nickname.

NA
Source: Comviva

To view the nickname assigned to a particular MSISDN, enter the MSISDN in Number and click

Search.
By default, 25 rows are displayed on the screen. You can change the number of rows that can

be displayed on a page. Specify the number of rows to be displayed in a single page in No. of
Rows/Page and click Go.

Adding Nicknames
The Add Nick Name option enables the Operator to add nicknames to the source MSISDNs.
To add nicknames:

4 - 12

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Service Management> Nick Name > Add NickName

Figure 4-5: Add Nick Name

Note
For field descriptions, refer to View Nick Name
table.
Enter the MSISDN whose CLI needs to be masked in Source Number.
Select the type of number. Number can be source or destination.
Assign a nick name to the MSISDN in Nick Name.
Select the TON of the MSISDN from Replace TON drop-down list.
Select the NPI of the MSISDN from Replace NPI drop-down list.
Click Done to save changes.

Deleting Nick Names


The Operator can delete the existing nicknames.
To delete nicknames:

Service Management> Nick Name

Figure 4-6: Nick Name

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 13N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Click Delete to delete the nickname. A dialog box pops-up to re-confirm the operation.
Click OK.

4.3.4 Creating and Maintaining Closed User Groups


Closed User Group (CUG) is a scheme that enables subscribers to exchange SMS messages with a given
group of subscribers at discounted rates. A given number of subscribers can form a group to avail the
discounted SMS services. A group can have a max of 10 members. The members in the group can only
send/receive SMS messages within the group at the discounted rates. Subscribers can belong to multiple
groups.
Example:
James want to exchange SMS messages at a discounted rate with four friends; Peter, Samon, Rebecca,
and John. To avail this facility, James calls up the Customer Care helpdesk of the Operator and provides
the MSISDNs of his friends. The Operator enters the MSISDN of James friends in the Add Closed User
Group option and assigns a name to the group.

Adding CUG Groups


The Add CUG Groups option is used to create CUGs.
To add CUGs:
Service Management> Closed User Group > Add Closed User Group

Figure 4-7: Add Closed User Group

The following table lists the fields of the Add Closed User Group screen:

Table 4-3: Add Closed User Group

Field
Group Name

4 - 14

Description
Name of the group.

Validation
NA

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-3: Add Closed User Group

Field

Description

Validation

Application Terminated

Indicates whether the CUG


members can send messages to
applications.

NA

Mobile Numbers

MSISDNs of the group members.

List of valid mobile numbers.


Source: Comviva

Enter the name of the CUG group in Group Name.


Select Application Terminated to allow sending messages to applications.
Enter the MSISDNS of the group members in Mobile Numbers.
Click Done to save the changes.

Viewing Closed User Groups


This option is used to view the list of closed user groups created in the SMSRouter system.
To view closed user groups:
Service Management> Closed User Group

Figure 4-8: Closed User Group List

The fields of the screen are explained in the table below:

Table 4-4: Closed User Group

Field

Description

Validation

Group Name

Name of the group.

NA

Group Numbers

MSISDNs of the group members.

NA

Edit

Used to edit the group

NA

Delete

Used to delete the group

NA
Source: Comviva

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 15N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Deleting Closed User Groups


You can delete the existing CUGs.
To delete existing CUGs:
Service Management> Closed User Group

Figure 4-9: Closed User Group

Click Delete to delete a given group. A dialog box pops-up to re-confirm the operation.
Click OK to delete the group.

4.4 Creating and Maintaining Lawful Interception Groups


The Lawful Interception (LI) group is a set of MSISDNs defined by the Operators to check and monitor the
messages exchanged by blacklisted MSISDNs in a network. Based on the operator and regulatory
requirements, messages from the blacklisted MSISDNs are intercepted and forwarded to the MSISDNs of
the LI group.

4.4.1 Viewing LI Groups


The LI Groups option is used to view the existing groups.
To view existing LI groups:
Rules Management > LI Group

4 - 16

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-10: LI Groups List

The following table lists the fields of the LI Groups List screen:

Table 4-5: LI Groups List

Field

Description

Validation

Group Name

Name assigned to the LI group.

NA

Group Number

MSISDNs included in the group.

NA

Edit

Used to modify group properties.

NA

Delete

Used to delete a group.

NA
Source: Comviva

4.4.2 Creating New Interception Groups


The Add Group option is used to add new interception groups.
To add a new interception group:
Rules Management > LI Group > Add Group

Figure 4-11: Add Lawful Interception Groups

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 17N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Enter name of the LI group in Group Name.


Enter the MSISDNs of the LI group in Mobile Nos.
Click Done to add the group.

4.4.3 Deleting Lawful Interception Group


You can delete the existing interception groups.
To delete a group:
Rules Management > LI Group
Rules Management > LI Groups

Figure 4-12: LI Group

Click Delete to delete a given group. A pop-up window appears to reconfirm the operation.
Click OK to delete the group.

4.5 Dynamic Configuration of Rules


SMSRouter supports dynamic configuration of rules, thus helping the Operator to configure rules to handle
messages more effectively based on the traffic situation and other requirements without any system
restarts or downtime. SMSRouter supports TCP based re-direction. TCP/IP links are cheaper than SS7
resources and the bandwidth over TCP/IP is higher than over SS7. TCP/IP works out to be a flexible and
cost-effective solution to manage message bursts. In case of delivery failure, messages are forwarded to
the SMSC for further retries over TCP/IP.
SMSRouter stores the configured rules in the database. After configuring the rules through the Web-based
GUI, SMSRouter applies the rules to redirect/reject messages handled by the system.
The following table lists all the rules defined in SMSRouter:

4 - 18

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-6: Rules Definition

Rule

Definition

Scenarios/Examples

Source MSISDN Barring

Bars the source MSISDN from


accessing SMSRouter.

Sigmatel Operator bars


messages from the MSISDN
series 9198450, which belongs
to the Singtel(another Operator)
to prevent unauthorized access.

Source VMSC and Source


MSISDN Barring

Bars message originating from a


specific VMSC and MSISDN.

Orange Telecom restricts


subscribers from sending
messages when the subscriber is
roaming in a specific VMSC,
+919890081109. This is done
mainly to save cost on roaming
links.

Source VMSC Based Charging

Charging for messages is done


on the basis of originating
VMSC.

Subscriber A (+919810012345)
is not charged for sending
message from VMSC
+919811012439. The same
subscriber is charged for sending
message when roaming in the
VMSC +919811012437.

Source VMSC Barring

Reject all the messages


originating from a specific VMSC
address.

Subscriber A from Sigmatel


network tries to send messages
after changing the service center
number to Singtel while roaming
in Singapore. Singtel can block
the source VMSC of Subscriber
A to prevent unauthorized
access.

Source IMSI Barring

Block messages based on the


source IMSI. Using this rule,
messages received from an
MSISDN whose IMSI or IMSI
range is blacklisted are rejected.

Operators can bar a specific


IMSI series instead of barring a
set of MSISDN series from
sending messages to avoid
spamming and unauthorized
access. Sigmatel bars the
prepaid IMSI series 9798450
from sending international SMS
messages.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 19N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-6: Rules Definition

Rule
Source and Destination
Combination MSISDN
Redirection

Definition
Redirects all messages
originating from a given source
MSISDN/MSISDN series to a
given MSISDN/MSISDN series
to a Redirection list.

Scenarios/Examples
Sigmatel SMSRouter delivers the
local SMS messages from
subscribers directly whereas,
international SMS messages are
redirected to the SMSC.
Exmaple: Sigmatel can redirect
messages sent from the
MSISDN series 919845
(MSISDN series of Circle A) to
the MSISDN series
919741(MSISDN series of
country B) to a Fallback SMSC
through TCP/IP.
This helps Sigmatel to avoid
usage of international
(international links are costlier)
links.

Destination MSISDN Barring

Bars the destination MSISDN/


MSISDN series from receiving
messages.

Maxtel bars messages sent to


the MSISDN series 9198450.
Destination MSISDNs are barred
mainly to avoid spamming and
unauthorized usage.

Destination VMSC Barring

Bars the destination VMSC


series or VMSC number from
receiving messages.

Sigmatel subscriber from India


tries to send messages to a
Orange subscriber in UK. Since,
Sigmatel does not have an
agreement with Orange UK (
different network Operators need
to sign an agreement to allow
calls and messages between
subscribers of the respective
Operators) it drops the message
destined for Orange UK on the
basis of the destination VMSC.

Destination IMSI Barring

Bars an IMSI or IMSI series from


receiving messages.

Operators can bar a given IMSI


or IMSI series instead of barring
a set of MSISDN series from
receiving SMS messages to
avoid unauthorized usage.
Example: Sigmatel bars a
specific prepaid IMSI series
009899 from receiving SMS
while roaming as those
subscibers have not subscribed
for roaming services.

4 - 20

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-6: Rules Definition

Rule

Definition

Scenarios/Examples

Lawful Interception

Message sent from a given


MSISDN/MSISDN series to a
given MSISDN/MSISDN series
can be intercepted by a given
MSISDN or a set of MSISDNs.
The intercepting MSISDNs form
a LI group. LI groups are created
to monitor and control message
traffic.

On receiving a a request from


Police department, SMSRouter
of Sigmatel intercepts and copies
the messages from and to the
MSISDNs of suspected terrorists
to the MSISDNs of the Anti
Crime Branch officials.

PID Barring

Bars all the messages with a


given protocol ID.

To prevent network congestion,


SMSRouter of Singtel, bars all
Email messages sent from
MSISDNs.

MT-FSM Failure

If the MT-FSM fails for


messages, the messages can be
redirected to the Redirection list
or can be retried at a later period
as per the Retry policy. The
redirection or retry can be set for
all the errors or for a given failure
error type. The MT-FSM failure
based redirection can be done
for destination MSISDNs or
destination applications.

If the subscriber is out of


coverage area, the MSC sends a
negative MTFSM response to
SMSRouter. In such cases,
SMSRouter redirects all the
failed messages to a Fallback
SMSC configured in the
Redirection list. SMSRouter can
also retry message delivery
based on retry configuration.

PID Redirection

SMSRouter offers a flexible


routing mechanism where
routing can be based on the PID
of MO messages. This helps the
Operator to effectively manage
the associated messaging
infrastructure.

Instead of direct delivery,


SMSRouter of Maxtel redirects
the fax messages received by
the system to a different SMSC
or SMSRouter node configured
in the Redirection list for optimal
load balancing and to avoid
SMSRouter congestion.

Source VMSC Redirection

Used to route messages based


on the source VMSC address of
mobile originated messages.
This helps the Operator to
effectively manage the
associated messaging
infrastructure. This rule is useful
especially when SMSRouter
serves subscribers of multiple
Circles. Operators can create as
many rules as required to
effectively utilize the configured
Fallback SMSCs/SMSRouters.

A Maxtel subscriber from India


visits UK and latches onto
Orange UK network. The
susbcriber tries to send
messages through SMSRouter
of Orange network. SMSRouter
of Orange does not support
charging for prepaid subscribers.
Hence it redirects all the
messages to SMSC of Orange
for charging.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 21N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-6: Rules Definition

Rule

Definition

Destination MSISDN and


Destination TON-NPI
Combination Redirection

Redirects messages based on


destination MSISDN/MSISDN
series in combination with the
message TON and NPI.

Maxtel defines a rule to redirect


all messages sent to an MSISDN
with international TON to the
Fallback SMSC A configured in
the Redirection list for optimal
load balancing.

UDH Based Redirection

Redirects all messages with


UDH content to a Fallback
SMSC. This rule can also be
configured in combination with a
source and destination MSISDN.

Singtel configures a rule to


redirect all binary messages to a
Fallback SMSC to avoid
SMSRouter congestion as binary
messgaes are heavy in size.

Time Based Redirection

Redirects messages received in


a given period to the Redirection
list.

Operators face the challenge of


distributing high message
volumes during peak hours of the
day or on special days such as
on New Year Eve, Christmas,
and other local festivals.
Operator can configure rules to
flexibly route messages to other
SMSRouter/SMSC nodes during
a given day of the year/time of
day. This helps in effectively
managing the SMS infrastructure
and improving the quality of
service and customer
experience.

The

redirection is periodic:

Daily:

The time slot is defined.

Weekly:

The day of the week


and the time slot are defined.

Monthly:

The month, day of


the month and the time slot
are defined.

Yearly:

The year, month, day


and time slot are defined.

4 - 22

Scenarios/Examples

SRI-SM Failure

Messages can be redirected or


stored for retry based on the
Retry policy. The rule can be
defined for all the error codes or
a given error code and for a
given MSISDN or application.

If the subscriber is out of


coverage area, the HLR sends a
negative SRIFSM response to
SMSRouter. In such cases,
SMSRouter redirects failed
messages to a Fallback SMSC
configured in the Redirection list.

Source MSISDN Based


Redirection

Redirects all messages


originating from a MSISDN/
MSISDN series to the
Redirection list.

Three SMSCs (Huwaei SMSC,


Comverse SMSC and Ericsson
SMSC) are connected to
SMSRouter of Maxtel. The
Operator configures a rule to
redirect all messages originating
from MSISDN series 98670 to
Comverse SMSC.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-6: Rules Definition

Rule

Definition

Scenarios/Examples

Destination MSISDN Based


Redirection

Redirects all messages


terminating at a given MSISDN/
MSISDN series to the
Redirection list.

Three SMSCs (Huwaeii SMSC,


Comverse SMSC and Ericsson
SMSC) are connected to
SMSRouter of Maxtel. The
Operator configures a rule to
redirect all messages destined
for the MSISDN series 98690 to
Ericsson SMSC for optimal
message delivery.

Source MSISDN and Source


TON-NPI Combination
Redirection

Redirects messages based on


source MSISDN/MSISDN series
in combination with the message
TON and NPI.

Maxtel defines a rule to redirect


all messages from an MSISDN
with international TON to the
Fallback SMSC configured in the
Redirection list for optimal load
balancing.

Source and Destination


MSISDN/ Short Code Barring

Bars message transfers from a


source MSISDN/MSISDN series
to a destination MSISDN/
MSISDN series or short codes.

Maxtelbars a specific MSISDN


series 919845 from sending
messages to a specific MSISDN
series 9197411, which belongs
to Sigmatel as both the
Operators does not have any
agreement for sharing of
revenue.

MO Relay

Used to redirect messages for a


particular series to other SMSCs
through SS7 network.

Sigmatel redirects all


international SMS messages to a
third-party SMSC over SS7 links.
Source: Comviva

4.5.1 Error-Based Redirection Rules


SMSRouter handles messages on the basis of the type of errors returned from the network. Undelivered
messages (due to temporary errors) are redirected to the Fallback SMSCs based on the temporary error
codes.
For more information on error codes, refer to Appendix B Error Codes
The system configures MT-FSM failure and SRI-SM failure rules to redirect messages on the occurrence
of any of the following temporary errors:
Absent subscriber
Call barred
Supplementary Services (SS) incompatibility
Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 23N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Subscriber busy for MTSMS


Facility not supported
SM-Delivery failure
System failure
Data missing
Message waiting list full
Unexpected data value
Absent subscriber for SRI
Busy subscriber
No subscriber reply
Any other errors

MT-FSM Failure Rules


MT-FSM failure is encountered during Mobile Terminated (MT) messaging. During MO-MT messaging, if
the MTFSM response is negative, this rule redirects or retries the message on the basis of the system ID,
error code and destination MSISDN. For AO-MT messaging, if the MTFSM response is negative, this rule
redirects/retries the message on the basis of the system ID, error code and destination MSISDN.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition

To configure MT-FSM rules for redirection of messages in case of temporary errors:

Rules Management >Rules Configuration

4 - 24

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-13: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select MT - FSM Failure from the Select Rule list.

Figure 4-14: MT - FSM Failure

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:

Table 4-7: MTFSM Failure

Field
Rule Type*

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

Description
Name of the rule to be
configured.

Validation
NA

4 - 25N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-7: MTFSM Failure

Field
Error Desc*

Description
Network errors defined for a MT
message:
Absent
Call
SS

NA

Subscriber

Barred

Incompatibility

Facility

not supported

Subscriber

Busy for MT-SMS

SM-Delivery
Message
System
Data

Failure

missing

Absent
Busy

Failure

Waiting List Full

Unexpected

No

Validation

data value

subscriber for SRI

subscriber

subscriber reply

MSISDN to which a message is


sent.

Numeric

System ID

Login ID of the ESME account.

NA

Action*

Action to be taken:

NA

Destination MSISDN

Maximum

length is 15 digits

Redirect: Redirect message to

a Fallback SMSC in the Redirection list. SMSRouter can


redirect a message based on
the combination of Error
Desc and Destination
MSISDN.
Retry: Retry message delivery

after pre-defined time intervals


(configured in SMSRouter). .
Redirection List*

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure, the message is redirected
to a SMSC in the Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Status can be:

NA

Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to
deactivate the rule.

Reason

4 - 26

Condition in which barring is to


be done.

Maximum length is 50 characters

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-7: MTFSM Failure

Field

Description

Validation
Source: Comviva

Select the type of error from the Error Desc list.

Table 4-8: Error Description

Error

Description

Absent Subscriber

Network cannot find the


subscriber

Call Barred

Call is barred for a given


MSISDN by the subscriber or by
the Operator.

SS Incompatibility

Supplementary service provided


by the Operator is not compatible
with the handset.

Facility Not Supported

Requested service is not


supported by the PLMN.

Subscriber Busy for MT-SMS

Mobile-Terminated Short
Message Transfer (MT-SMS)
cannot be completed due to one
of the following reasons:
Delivery

node is busy with


another MT-SMS transfer and
the node does not support
message buffering.

different MT-SMS transfer is


ongoing and it is not possible
to buffer the message for
delivery later.

Message was buffered but it is

not possible to deliver the


message before the expiry of
buffer time (as defined in GSM
03.40).
SM-Delivery Failure

Short message could not be


delivered.

Message Waiting List Full

No more short code addresses


can be added to the message
waiting list.

System Failure

A job cannot be done due to the


occurrence of a problem in the
system.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 27N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-8: Error Description

Error

Description

Data Missing

An optional parameter required


by the context is missing.

Unexpected Data Value

Data syntax is correct but its


value or presence is unexpected
in the current context.

Absent subscriber for SRI

Send Routing Information (SRI)


cannot be completed because
the network cannot contact the
subscriber.

Busy subscriber

Subscriber is busy.

No subscriber reply

No response from the subscriber.

Absent Subscriber

Network cannot find the


subscriber
Source: Comviva

Enter the destination MSISDN/MSISDN series. It is an optional parameter.


Select the network error from the Error Desc list. Either a single error scenario or all the error

scenarios can be selected.


Select the system ID of the ESME account. Messages originating from this system ID to the

MSISDN or MSISDN series (specified in Destination MSISDN) are either redirected or retried.
It is an optional parameter.

Note
It is mandatory to enter either the Destination
MSISDN or to select the system ID of the ESME
account.
Select the action to be taken:
Redirect:
Retry:

Redirect messages to a Fallback SMSC in the Redirection List.

Retry message delivery after pre-defined time intervals

Select a configured Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.


Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list.
Enter the condition of implementing the rule.
Click Done to save the changes.

SRI-SM Rules

4 - 28

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

SMSRouter sends the following two types of requests to the GSM network:
Send Routing Information (SRI) request is sent to HLR to retrieve the IMSI and VMSC details of

the destination MS.


Mobile Terminated (MT) Forward Short Message request is sent to MSC to deliver the SMS

message.
If the SRI response during MO-MT messaging is negative, this rule redirects messages to a Fallback
SMSC defined in the Redirection list.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

To configure SRI-SM rules for redirection of messages in case of temporary errors:


Rules Management>Rules Configuration

Figure 4-15: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select SRI-SM Failure from the Rule Type list.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 29N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-16: SRISM Failure

Note
For more information on field descriptions and how
to configure the rule refer to MT-FSM Failure Rules.

Source VMSC -based Redirection Rules


Messages originating from a given source VMSC address can be redirected to specific Fallback SMSCs.
This rule helps the Operator to handle incoming traffic efficiently with the available SMSC infrastructure.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

To configure source VMSC-based redirection rules:

Rules Management>Rules Configuration

4 - 30

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-17: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source VMSC Redirection from the Rule Type list.

Figure 4-18: Source VMSC Redirection

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:

Table 4-9: Source VMSC Redirection

Field
Rule Type*

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

Description
Name of the rule to be
configured.

Validation
NA

4 - 31N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-9: Source VMSC Redirection

Field

Description

Validation

Source VMSC Address*

Messages received from the


source VMSC with the specified
address are redirected to a given
SMSC in the Redirection list.

Action*

Indicates whether to redirect


messages.

NA

Redirection List *

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure, the messages are
redirected to the selected SMSC
in the Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA

Reason

Condition of implementing the


rule.

Maximum length is 50 characters


Source: Comviva

Enter the address of the source VMSC in Source VMSC.


Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.
Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.
Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the condition of implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

Source/Destination TON & NPI-based Redirection Rules


SMSRouter supports redirection based on the source or destination Type of Number (TON) and
Numbering Plan Indicator (NPI). Operators can define a redirection path based on the TON and NPI
received from the network for source and destination addresses.
The following rules can be configured:
Source MSISDN and Source TON & NPI-based redirection
Destination MSISDN and Destination TON & NPI-based redirection

Source MSISDN and Source TON & NPI-based Redirection Rules


These rules redirect messages originating from a specific MSISDN or MSISDN series on the basis of their
TON and NPI.

4 - 32

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
For information on rules refer to Rules Definition.

To configure source MSISDN and source TON NPI -based redirection rules:
Rules Management>Rules Configuration

Figure 4-19: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source MSISDN and Source TON NPI from the Rule Type list.

Figure 4-20: Source MSISDN and Source TON-NPI Combination Redirection

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 33N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:

Table 4-10: Source MSISDN and Source TON-NPI Combination Redirection

Field

Description

Validation

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Source MSISDN *

Address of the source MSISDN.

Valid mobile number/series

Source TON *

TON of the source MSISDN.

NA

Source NPI *

NPI of the source MSISDN.

NA

Min Length *

Minimum length of the source


MSISDN.

Valid mobile number/series

Action*

Whether or not to redirect the


messages.

NA

Redirection List *

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure, the message is redirected
to the selected SMSC in the
Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA

Reason

Condition of implementing the


rule.

Maximum length is 50 characters


Source: Comviva

Enter the address of the MSISDN in Source MSISDN.


Select the TON of the source MSISDN.
Select the NPI of the source MSISDN.
Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.
Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.
Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the condition of implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

Destination MSISDN and Destination TON & NPI-based Redirection Rules


These rules redirect messages for a specific MSISDN or MSISDN series on the basis of their TON and
NPI.

4 - 34

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
For information on rules , refer to Rules
Definition.

To configure destination MSISDN and destination TON NPI-based redirection rules:


Rules Management>Rules Configuration

Figure 4-21: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Destination MSISDN and Destination TON NPI from the Rule Type list.

Figure 4-22: Destination MSISDN and Destination TON NPI Combination Redirection

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 35N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

The fields of the screen are described in the table below:

Table 4-11: Destination MSISDN and Destination TON NPI Combination Redirection

Field

Description

Validation

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Destination MSISDN *

Address of the destination


MSISDN.

Valid mobile number/series

Destination TON *

TON of the destination MSISDN.

NA

Destination NPI *

NPI of the destination MSISDN.

NA

Min Length *

Minimum length of the


destination MSISDN/MSISDN
series

Valid mobile number/series

Action*

Whether or not to redirect the


messages.

NA

Redirection List *

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure, the messages are
redirected to the SMSC in the
Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA

Reason

Condition in which the rule is to


be implemented

Maximum length is 50 characters


Source: Comviva

Note
For more information on how to configure the rule,
refer to Source MSISDN and Source TON & NPIbased Redirection Rules.
Click Done to save the changes.

4.5.2 A-party and B-party Based Redirection Rules


Routing can be based on the source MSISDN, destination MSISDN or a combination of both source and
destination MSISDNs. This flexibility helps Operators to effectively manage the associated messaging
infrastructure. This rule is useful when SMSRouter serves subscribers of multiple Circles. The Operators

4 - 36

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

can use the following combination to create and configure rules to effectively utilize the configured
Fallback SMSCs/SMSRouter:
Source MSISDN
Destination MSISDN
Source and Destination MSISDN

Source MSISDN Based Redirection (SMBR) Rules


The SMBR rules redirect all the messages originating from a given MSISDN or MSISDN series to a
Redirection list.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

To configure the source MSISDN-based redirection rules:


Rules Management>Rules Configuration

Figure 4-23: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source MSISDN Based Redirection from the Rule Type list.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 37N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-24: Source MSISDN Based Redirection

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:

Table 4-12: Source MSISDN Based Redirection

Field

Description

Validation

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Source MSISDN *

All the messages originating from


the MSISDN are redirected to a
Fallback SMSC.

Numeric

Action*

Redirect messages from the


MSISDN to the Redirection list.

NA

Redirection List*

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure, messages are redirected
to the selected SMSC in the
Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA

Reason

Condition in which the rule is to


be implemented.

Maximum length is 50 characters

Maximum

length is 15 digits

Source: Comviva

Enter the originating MSISDN in Source MSISDN.


Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.
Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.
Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:

4 - 38

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the condition of implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

Destination MSISDN Based Redirection (DMBR) Rules


The DMBR rules redirect all the messages for a given MSISDN/MSISDN series to the Redirection list.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

To configure destination MSISDN-based redirection rules:


Rules Management>Rules Configuration

Figure 4-25: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Destination MSISDN Based Redirection from the Rule Type list.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 39N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-26: Destination MSISDN Based Redirection

The fields of the screen are described in the table below:

Table 4-13: Destination MSISDN Based Redirection

Field

Description

Validation

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Destination MSISDN Address*

All the messages for the


MSISDN are redirected to a
Fallback SMSC.

Numeric

Action*

Redirect messages for the


MSISDN to the Redirection list.

NA

Redirection List*

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure, the message is redirected
to the SMSC in the selected
Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA

Reason

Condition in which the rule is to


be implemented.

Maximum length is 50 characters

Maximum

length is 15 digits

Source: Comviva

Note
For more information on how to configure the rule,
refer to Source MSISDN Based Redirection
(SMBR) Rules.

4 - 40

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Click Done to save the changes.

Source and Destination MSISDN Combination Redirection Rules


These rules redirect all messages between a given source MSISDN series and a given destination
MSISDN series to the Redirection list.

Note
For information on, refer to Rules Definition.
To configure source and destination based redirection rules:

Rules Management>Rules Configuration

Figure 4-27: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source and Destination MSISDN Combination Based Redirection from the Rule

Type list.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 41N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-28: Source and Destination MSISDN Combination Redirection

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:

Table 4-14: Source and Destination MSISDN Combination Redirection

Field

Description

Validation

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Source MSISDN *

All the messages originating from


the MSISDN are redirected to the
Fallback SMSC.

NA

Destination MSISDN *

All messages for the MSISDN


are redirected to the Fallback
SMSC.

NA

Action*

Redirect messages for the


MSISDN to a Redirection list.

NA

Redirection List

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure,messgaes are redirected
to the selected SMSC in the
Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA

Reason

Condition in which the rule is to


be implemented.

Maximum length is 50 characters


Source: Comviva

Enter the originating MSISDN in Source MSISDN.


Enter the destination MSISDN in Destination MSISDN.

4 - 42

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.
Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.
Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the condition of implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

4.5.3 Time-based Traffic Management


Rules can be configured to distribute the load on SMSRouter by defining the time for message redirection.
Messages are redirected to the Fallback SMSC configured in the Redirection list after a specific time
periods (configurable).
Message redirection can be configured to take place:
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Yearly

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules
Definition.
To configure time-based redirection rules:
Rules Management>Rules Configuration

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 43N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-29: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Time Based Redirection from the Rule Type list.

The Add Rule screen changes as per the Time Frequency selected as shown below:

Time Frequency - Daily

Figure 4-30: TBR (Daily)

Time Frequency - Weekly

Figure 4-31: TBR (Weekly)

4 - 44

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Time Frequency - Monthly

Figure 4-32: TBR (Monthly)

Time Frequency - Yearly

Figure 4-33:TBR (Yearly)

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:
Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 45N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-15: Time Based Rule

Field

Description

Validation

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Source MSISDN

All the messages originating from


the MSISDN are redirected to a
Fallback SMSC.

Numeric

All the messages for the


MSISDN are redirected to a
Fallback SMSC.

Numeric

Time Duration*

Time duration for which


messages are redirected. The
time is set in hh:mm format.

Time

Time Frequency*

Frequency of message
redirection:

NA

Destination MSISDN

Maximum

Maximum

length is 15 digits

length is 15 digits

should be given in the


24-hour format.

Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Yearly

Week Days*

Days of the week on which the


messages would be redirected.

The

field appears when the


Time Frequency is set to
Weekly.

Day of Month*

Day of the month on which the


messages would be redirected.

Numeric
Maximum

length is 2 digits

The

field appears when the


Time Frequency is set to
Monthly.

4 - 46

Day of Year*

Day and month of a year on


which the messages would be
redirected.

The

field appears when the


Time Frequency is set to
Yearly.

Start Date*

Date from when the rule is


activated.

NA

End Date*

Date till when the rule is active.

NA

Action*

Indicates whether or not to


redirect messages for the
MSISDN to the selected
Redirection list.

NA

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-15: Time Based Rule

Field

Description

Validation

Redirection List*

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure,messages are redirected
to the selected SMSC in the
Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA

Reason

Condition in which the rule is to


be implemented.

Maximum length is 50 characters


Source: Comviva

Note
It is mandatory to enter either source or destination
MSISDN.
Enter the originating MSISDN in Source MSISDN.
Enter the destination MSISDN in Destination MSISDN.
Enter the duration (in Hour: Minute format) for which the rule is active in Time Duration.
Select the frequency of message redirection in Time Frequency:
Daily:

Select to redirect messages daily.

Weekly:

Select to redirect messages on a weekly basis:

Select the days on which you want to redirect messages in Week Days.

Monthly:

Yearly:

Select to redirect messages on a specific date each month.

Enter the date in Day of Month.


Select to redirect messages every year on a given date.

Select

the month and date using Day of Year.

Select the start date of message redirection in Start Date.


Select the end date of message redirection in End Date.
Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.
Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.
Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the condition of implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

Multiple rules cannot be defined for a given time duration and frequency.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 47N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-34: Rule Already Exists

4.5.4 Flexible Routing Rules


SMSRouter has flexible routing rules that are used to achieve optimal routing to enhance QoS, and capital
and operational expenditures. SMSRouter supports the following routing capabilities:
MSISDN-based routing (SS7& TCP-IP based protocols) (For more information on MSISDN-

based routing rules, refer to A-party and B-party Based Redirection Rules rules.)
VLR-based routing (SS7 &TCP-IP based protocols) (For more information on VLR-based

routing rules, refer to Source VMSC -based Redirection Rules rules.)


Protocol Identifier data (PID) based routing (TCP-IP based protocols)
User Data Header (UDH) based routing (TCP-IP based protocols)

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

PID-based Redirection Rules


Routing can be based on the PID of MO and AO messages.
To configure the rules:
Rules Management>Rules Configuration

4 - 48

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-35: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select PID Redirection from the Rule Type list.

Figure 4-36: PID Redirection

The fields of the screen are described in the table below:

Table 4-16: PID Redirection

Field
PID Number*

Description
Messages with the selected
protocol ID are redirected.

Validation
Range:

0 - 255

Numeric
Maximum

length is 21 digits

Enter the protocol ID message in PID Number.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 49N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
For information on the remaining field descriptions
and steps to configure the rule, refer to Source
MSISDN Based Redirection (SMBR) Rules.

UDH-based Redirection (UBR) Rules


Messages set with the UDH (User Data Header) flag are redirected to the Redirection list. The rules can be
configured in combination with a source and destination MSISDN. For all binary messages, the UDH flag is
automatically set by the handset.
To configure UDH-based redirection rules:

Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 4-37: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select UDH Redirection from the Rule Type list.

4 - 50

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-38: Add Rule -UDH Based Redirection

Note
For information on the field descriptions and steps
to configure the rule, refer to Source and
Destination MSISDN Combination Redirection
Rules.

4.5.5 Black/White List Support Rules


The SMSRouter system can configure the following rules to bar MSISDNs and applications from sending
and receiving messages as explained below:
Source MSISDN Barring Rules
Destination MSISDN Barring Rules
Source MSISDN and Destination MSISDNs/Short Code Barring Rules
Protocol Identifier Data (PID) Barring Rules
Source VMSC Barring Rules
Destination VMSC Barring Rules
Source IMSI Barring Rules
Destination IMSI Barring Rules
Source VMSC and Source MSISDN Barring Rules

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 51N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

Source MSISDN Barring Rules


These rules are used to bar source MSISDNs/ MSISDN series. If barred, the MSISDNs/MSISDN series
cannot use SMSRouter messaging service. This rule is applicable to MO-MT and MO-AT messages.
Barring can of the following two types:
Series Barring: Operators can bar a range of MSISDNs. For example, all the MSISDNs of a

given series can be barred. Operators can unbar a given MSISDN within the barred series. In
addition, MSISDNs that start with a given number can be unbarred.
MSISDN Barring: Specific MSISDNs can be barred.

To configure source MSISDN barring rules:


Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 4-39: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source MSISDN Barring from the Rule Type list.

4 - 52

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-40: Source MSISDN Barring

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:

Table 4-17: Source MSISDN Barring

Field

Description

Validations

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Source MSISDN*

All the messages originating from


the MSISDN are barred from
accessing SMSRouter.

Numeric

Action*

Action to be taken:

NA

Maximum

length is 15 digits

Allowed:

Allow the source


MSISDN to receive messages from SMSRouter.

Barred:

Bar the source


MSISDN from receiving messages from SMSRouter.

Status of the rule. Status can be:

Rule Status*

NA

Active
Inactive

Reason

Reason for barring the source


MSISDN.

Maximum 50 characters
Source: Comviva

Enter the MSISDN to be barred in Source MSISDN.


Select the action to be taken:
Allowed:
Barred:

Allow the MSISDN to send messages to SMSRouter.

Bar the MSISDN from sending messages to SMSRouter.

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 53N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the reason for barring the MSISDN.


Click Done to save the changes.

Destination MSISDN Barring Rules


These rules are used to bar destination MSISDNs/ MSISDN series. SMSRouter does not process
messages sent to barred MSISDNs. Barring can be implemented for a MSISDN series or for specific
MSISDNs.
To configure destination MSISDN barring rules:
Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 4-41: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Destination MSISDN Barring from the Rule Type list.

Figure 4-42:Destination MSISDN Barring

4 - 54

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
For field descriptions and steps to configure the
rule, refer to Source MSISDN Barring Rules.

Source MSISDN and Destination MSISDNs/Short Code Barring Rules


These rules bar message transmission from a source MSISDN/MSISDN series to a destination MSISDN
or MSISDN series or application short codes.
To configure source MSISDN and destination MSISDN/short code barring rules:

Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 4-43: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source & Destination MSISDN/Short Code Barring from the Rule Type list.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 55N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-44:Source and Destination MSISDN/Short Code Barring

Enter the MSISDN sending messages in Source MSISDN.


Enter the MSISDN to which messages are sent in Destination MSISDN.
Select the destination type in Destination Type list. Destination types can be:
Destination

MSISDN: If selected, messages are allowed barred to a given MSISDN/


MSISDN series.

Destination

Short Code: If selected, messages are allowed/barred to a given short

codes.
Select the action to be taken in Action:
Allowed:
Barred:

Allow messages from the source MSISDN to the destination MSISDN.

Bar the source MSISDN from sending messages to the destination MSISDN.

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the reason for barring the MSISDN/short code(s).


Click Done to save the changes.

Protocol Identifier Data (PID) Barring Rules


Used to block messages from applications on the basis of the Protocol Identifier Data (PID) of the
application. A unique PID is used to identify the applications that send fax and mail messages. A unique
protocol identifier identifies applications that sends fax, e-mail. These rules are applicable to MO-MT and MOAT messages.

To configure PID barring rules:


Rules Management > Rules Configuration

4 - 56

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-45: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select PID Barring from the Rule Type list.

Figure 4-46: PID Barring

Enter the protocol ID to be barred in PID Number.


Select the action to be taken using the Action list:
Allowed:
Barred:

Allow messages from the application with the specified PID to SMSRouter.

Bar messages from the application with the specified PID to SMSRouter.

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the reason for barring.


Click Done to save the changes.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 57N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Source VMSC Barring Rules


Rules can be configured to bar messages from a given VMSC address.
To configure source VMSC barring rules:
Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 4-47: Rules List

Select Source VMSC Barring from the Rule Type list.


Click Add Rule.

Figure 4-48: Source VMSC Barring

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:

4 - 58

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 4-18: Source VMSC Barring

Field

Description

Description

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Source VMSC*

Barred VMSC; Messages


originating from this VMSC are
not processed by SMSRouter.

Numeric
Special

characters and wild


cards are not allowed.

Maximum

Action*

Action to be taken:

length is 15 digits.

NA

Allowed:

Allow the specified VMSC to send messages to SMSRoute.

Barred:

Bar the specified


VMSC from sending messages to SMSRouter.

Status of the rule. Status can be:

Rule Status*

NA

Active
Inactive

Reason

Reason for barring the source


VMSC.

Maximum 50 characters
Source: Comviva

Enter the VMSC number in Source VMSC.


Select the action to be taken:
Allowed:
Barred:

SMSRouter processes messages received from the specified VMSC

SMSRouter does not process the messages received from the specified

VMSC
Select the status of the rule from Rule Status.
Give the reason for barring the VMSC in Reason.
Click Done to save the changes.

Destination VMSC Barring Rules


Rules can be configured to bar a series of VMSCs or specific VMSCs from receiving messages. In case of
MO-MT message, the HLR sends routing information in the SRIFSM response to SMSRouter. The
SRIFSM response contains the address of the Visited Mobile Switching Center (VMSC) and the subscriber
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI). If the destination VMSC is barred, SMSRouter does not
deliver messages to the VMSCs.

To configure destination VMSC barring rules:

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 59N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 4-49: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Destination VMSC Barring from the Rule Type list.

Figure 4-50:Destination VMSC Barring

Note
For information on field descriptions and how to
configure the rule, refer to Source VMSC Barring
Rules.

4 - 60

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Source IMSI Barring Rules


These rules block messages originating from a given IMSI or IMSI series. Using these rules, messages
sent from a given MSISDN with the blocked IMSI are rejected.
To configure source IMSI barring rules:

Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 4-51: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source IMSI Barring from the Rule Type list.

Figure 4-52: Source IMSI Barring

Enter the IMSI number in Source IMSI.


Select the type of action from the Action drop-down list. The action can be:

Allowed: Allow the specified IMSI to send messages

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 61N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Barred: Bar the specified IMSI from sending messages

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status drop-down list. The status can be:

Active

Inactive

Enter the reason for barring the IMSI number.


Click Done to save the changes.

Destination IMSI Barring Rules


These rules block messages based on the destination IMSIs. Using these rules, messages sent to
MSISDNs with blacklisted IMSIs are rejected.
To configure destination IMSI barring rules:

Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 4-53: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Destination IMSI Barring from the Rule Type list.

4 - 62

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-54: Destination IMSI Barring

Note
For information on how to configure the rule, refer
to Source IMSI Barring Rules.

Source VMSC and Source MSISDN Barring Rules


These rules bar messages originating from specific VMSCs and MSISDNs.
To configure source VMSC and source MSISDN based barring rules:
Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 4-55: Rules List

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 63N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Click Add Rule.


Select Source VMSC and Source MSISDN Based Barring from the Rule Type list.

Figure 4-56: Source VMSC and Source MSISDN Based Barring

Enter the VMSC sending messages in the Source VMSC.


Enter the MSISDN sending messages in the Source MSISDN.
Select the action to be taken in Action:
Allowed:

Allow messages from the source MSISDN and source VMSC to the
destination MSISDN.

Barred:

Bar the MSISDN and VMSC from sending messages to the destination
MSISDN.

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the reason for barring the MSISDN/short code(s).


Click Done to save the changes.

4.5.6 MO Relay Rules


These rules enable the Operator to redirect messages for a given MSISDN/MSISDN series to other
SMSCs over the SS7 network.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

To configure MO relay rules:


Rules Management > Rules Configuration

4 - 64

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-57: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select MO Relay from the Rule Type list.

Figure 4-58: MO Relay

Enter the MSISDN to which messages are sent in Destination MSISDN. Messages sent to this

MSISDN are redirected to the SMSCs over the SS7 network.


Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.
Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.
Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status drop-down list. The status can be:

Active

Inactive

Enter the reason for implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.
Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 65N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

4.5.7 MSISDN-based SPAM Control Rules


Operators can black or white-list MSISDN or MSISDN series to control spam messages in the networks,
which results in network congestion and adversely impacts messaging delivery. MSISDNs are black-listed
or white-listed using the best match algorithm. The system can blacklist an entire MSISDN series or a
specific MSISDN.

Note
SMS spams are junk message delivered to a
mobile phone as text messages through the Short
Message Service.

Example:
SMSRouter can be configured to receive messages from the MSISDN series starting with 9198450 and
not receive messages from the MSISDN 919845012345.
For more information on how to black-list/white-list MSISDN/MSISDN series, refer to section Black/White
List Support Rules.

4.5.8

Source VMSC-based Charging Rules

Operators can define rules to charge subscribers for messages on the basis of the source VMSC.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition

To configure the source VMSC-based charging rules:


Rules Management > Rules Configuration

4 - 66

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-59: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source VMSC based Charging Rules from the Rule Type list.

Figure 4-60: Source VMSC Based Charging

Enter the source VMSC number in the Source VMSC.


Select Not Charged from the Action list to waive off charges for messages originating from the

VMSC.Select the type of action to be taken:


Not

Charged

Charged

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status drop-down list. The status can be:

Active

Inactive

Enter the reason for implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 67N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

4.5.9 Creating and Maintaining Lawful Interception Groups


The Lawful Interception (LI) group is a set of MSISDNs defined by the Operators to check and monitor the
messages exchanged by blacklisted MSISDNs in a network. Based on the Operator and regulatory
requirements, messages from the blacklisted MSISDNs are intercepted and forwarded to the MSISDNs of
the LI group.

Viewing LI Groups
The LI Groups option is used to view the existing groups.
To view existing LI groups:
Rules Management > LI Group

Figure 4-61: LI Groups List

The following table lists the fields of the LI Groups List screen:

Table 4-19: LI Groups List

Field

Description

Validation

Group Name

Name assigned to the LI group.

NA

Group Number

MSISDNs included in the group.

NA

Edit

Used to modify group properties.

NA

Delete

Used to delete a group.

NA
Source: Comviva

Creating New Interception Groups


The Add Group option is used to add new interception groups.
To add a new interception group:

4 - 68

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Rules Management > LI Group > Add Group

Figure 4-62: Add Lawful Interception Groups

Enter name of the LI group in Group Name.


Enter the MSISDNs of the LI group in Mobile Nos.
Click Done to add the group.

Deleting Lawful Interception Group


You can delete the existing interception groups.
To delete a group:
Rules Management > LI Group
Rules Management > LI Groups

Figure 4-63: LI Group

Click Delete to delete a given group. A pop-up window appears to reconfirm the operation.
Click OK to delete the group.

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 69N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

4.5.10 Lawful Interception Rules


Based on Operator and regulatory requirements, SMSRouter can intercept and copy messages that are
sent from/to suspected MSISDNs. This rule is applicable only to MO-MT messages. As per the rule,
messages from/to blacklisted MSISDNs are intercepted and forwarded to a set of MSISDNs (defined by
the Operator). These MSISDNs form an Interception group. The rule is particularly helpful for tracing
blacklisted subscribers and criminals.
To configure lawful interception rules:

Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 4-64: Rules List

Select Lawful Interception from the Rule Type list.


Click Add Rule.

4 - 70

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 4-65: Lawful Interception

The fields of the screen are described in the table below:

Table 4-20: Lawful Interception

Field

Description

Validation

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Source MSISDN

MSISDN from which a message


is sent.

Numeric

MSISDN to which a message is


sent.

Numeric

Action to be taken:

NA

Destination MSISDN

Action*

Maximum

Maximum

length is 15 digits

length is 15 digits

Intercepted:

Send the messages sent by the source


MSISDN or received by the
destination MSISDN to the list
of numbers in the group
selected in Interception List.

Not

Intercepted: Messages
are not copied. Interception
List, Add New Group and
Edit Group are disabled.

Interception List*

List of LI groups. Messages from/


to suspected MSISDNs are
intercepted and copied to the
MSISDNs of LI group.

NA

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA

Reason

Condition of implementing the


rule.

Maximum length is 50 characters


Source: Comviva

Note
It is mandatory to enter either the source or the
destination MSISDN.
Enter the MSISDN sending messages in Source MSISDN.
Enter the MSISDN to which messages are sent in Destination MSISDN.
Select the type of action in Action:

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

4 - 71N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Intercepted:

Send the messages sent by the source MSISDN or received by the


destination MSISDN to the list of numbers in the group selected in Interception List.

Not

Intercepted: Messages are not copied. The Interception List, Add New Group
and Edit Group get disabled.

Select the group from the Interception List.


Select the rule status.
Give condition to implement the rule in Reason.
Click Done to save the changes.

4.5.11 A-Party Validation for MO SMS Messages


The SMSRouter system accepts MO messages from home subscribers of the Operator only if the
subscribers MSISDN is white-listed.
Operators can enable/disable A-party validation to validate subscribers at the system level.
If enabled, SMSRouter sends a SRI query to the HLR to get the IMSI of the A-party. On receiving the HLR
response, SMSRouter validates the subscribers IMSI against the white/black-listed source IMSIs (refer to
Black/White List Support Rules). The message is accepted if the subscriber is found to be a valid
subscriber. If the IMSI is blacklisted, the message is rejected.
For MAP version 3.0, the SRI query to HLR is not sent because the source IMSI is tagged with the
MOSMS.
Validation of source IMSI is used to validate the A-Party and stop illegal access to SMS infrastructure.

4 - 72

Mobile -to- Mobile Messaging

5 Application-to-Mobile
Messaging
SMSRouter supports messaging between applications and mobile stations. This message exchange is
referred to Application Originated-Mobile Terminated (AO-MT) messaging.

5.1 Call Flows


Direct Delivery
The sequential flow diagram depicting the Direct Delivery of AO-MT message is as follows:

Figure 5-1: AO-MT Messaging - Direct Delivery

1. The Short Message (SM) is submitted from an ESME to SMSRouter.


2. After completing the internal processing, SMSRouter sends routing information to the
mobile subscribers HLR.
3. The HLR sends the SRI response to SMSRouter.
4. SMSRouter sends the short message to the MSC using the Forward Short Message
(FSM) operation.
5. SMSRouter receives the FSM response from the subscribers MSC.
Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5-1

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

6.
7.
8.
9.

The MSC transfers the short message to the Mobile Station.


The MSC receives the mobile delivery response from the Mobile Station.
The MSC sends the SM delivery status to SMSRouter.
SMSRouter returns a status report to the ESME indicating the delivery status of the short
message to the destination mobile subscriber.

DDA Failure Forwarding


The sequential flow diagram depicting the DDA failure forwarding of AO-MT message is as follows:

Figure 5-2: AO-MT Messaging - Redirection

1. The Short Message (SM) is submitted from an ESME to SMSRouter.


2. After the message is internally processed, SMSRouter sends routing information to the
mobile subscribers HLR.
3. The HLR sends the SRI response to SMSRouter. The error codes in the SRI response
indicate whether the SRI response is positive or negative:
Positive Response: There is no change in the message flow. (Move to step 4).
Negative

Response: Two types of errors may occur:

Temporary

Error: The message is redirected to a particular Fallback SMSC


based on the rules configured in the system. If there are no rules configured in
the system, the message is redirected to the default SMSC.

Permanent

Error: Message is dropped.

4. SMSRouter forwards the submit_sm packet to the Fallback SMSC, based on the SRI
response (step 3).
5. The Fallback SMSC sends the delivery_sm packet for the Delivery report to SMSRouter.
6. SMSRouter sends the Delivery report to the ESME.

5-2

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
The Delivery report is sent only when the
report it is requested for, irrespective of the
success or failure of message delivery.

5.2 Configuring Built-in Features for AO - MT Messaging


The features discussed in the subsequent sections are configured at the system level in SMSRouter.

5.2.1 Message Handling


SMSRouter accepts and handles AO-MT messages. AO-MT messages are the messages that are sent by
applications to mobiles. ESMEs or applications connect to SMSRouter over different protocols (SMPP/
UCP/CIMD). Applications send messages over the protocol used to connect to SMSRouter. Messages are
sent to the destination mobile. On acceptance of messages, SMSRouter sends an acknowledgement to
the ESME and forwards the messages for further processing. SMSRouter queries the HLR for MS routing
information and requests the MSC/VLR for the required resources to deliver messages to the destination
mobiles. If a message is not accepted by the ESME server, a negative acknowledgement is sent to the
ESME application indicating the error and the reason for rejection as per the protocol specifications. If the
sender application has requested for the message delivery status, SMSRouter sends a Delivery report to
the ESME.
Example:
CNN.com application sends a message to Peter. SMSRouter queries the HLR of Peters MSISDN for the
MSC and VLR. On receiving the required details, SMSRouter delivers the message to Peter and sends a
Delivery report to CNN.com over the protocol (SMPP/CIMD2/UCP) through which the application is
connected with SMSRouter.

5.2.2 Binary Message Support


SMS messages can contain binary data. A binary SMS message can have up to 140 bytes of data.
The data can be split into two parts:
User Data Header (UDH)
Actual data

SMSRouter handles the following types of binary messages:


Multipart Messages: If the message length is greater than 160 characters (as per MAP
specification) SMSRouter splits the message into several parts and delivers the message.
Each message is spilt in two parts:
User

data header (UDH): Contains seven characters

Actual

data: Contains 153 characters

Flash Messages: These messages are different from the traditional messages. Flash messages

are immediately displayed on the screen of the phone and are not automatically saved in the
Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 3N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Message Inbox of the subscriber handset. SMSRouter supports streaming of flash messages
using appropriate DCS values. This feature is applicable to AO-MT messages.
Picture Messages and Operator Logo: Operator logos are graphic images that are displayed on

a phone when the phone enters a GSM network. An Operator logo is identified by the country
code and mobile network code. GSM handsets supporting this technology store multiple
images at a time. When a handset moves between networks, the mobile displays the logo of
the current Operator. SMSRouter supports streaming of picture messages using appropriate
Data Coding Scheme (DCS) or User Data Header (UDH) values.
Ring Tones: Ring tones are played when the GSM phone rings. Ring tones can be composed

using an editor and sent as SMS messages. SMSRouter supports streaming of ring tones
using appropriate DCS or UDH values.
OTA Settings: Over-the-air (OTA) SMS messages are used to send configuration information

such as software updates, GPRS configuration settings and security locks. These messages
are particularly useful for mobile device management. SMSRouter supports the streaming of
these messages using appropriate DCS or UDH values.
Type 0/Silent Messages: Silent message are used to check the availability of subscribers.

These messages are not displayed on the handset of subscribers after they are successfully
delivered to the handsets. To send Type 0 or Silent messages, PID value needs to be
configured as 64.

5.2.3 WAP SMS and VMS Alert Support


SMSRouter supports WAP Push and VMS alert binary messages. External applications can connect to
SMSRouter and submit VMS alerts and WAP Push messages through the Application Messaging Server
(AMS) for delivery. WAP Push technology makes it possible to send specially encoded SMS messages
with descriptions and links to a WAP address (URL). When a GSM handset receives a WAP Push
message, it automatically provides an option to access the WAP content. WAP content can be a WML
page, Java application, or multimedia content. WAP Push is also used to send polyphonic ring tones and
wallpaper images to phones.
VMS alerts, a type of binary message, is used to alert mobile subscribers about the voice mails received in
their voice mailbox. Subscribers can connect to their voice mailbox and listen to voice mails.
Example:
Reuters.com application connects to SMSRouter and sends a WAP push message/Voice Mail alert to
Peter. SMSRouter accepts the message and sends an SRI request to the HLR. If the Peters mobile is
within the coverage area, the HLR sends the IMSI and VMSC details of Peter to SMSRouter. After
receiving the VMSC details, SMSRouter forwards the message to Peter.
Sample Message
Voice Mail Message:
curl 'http://127.0.0.1:14213/cgi-bin/
sendsms?user=test&pass=test&to=919845072234&dcs=0'
WAP Settings / OTA Message:
curl 'http://127.0.0.1:14213/cgi-bin/
sendsms?user=test&pass=test&to=919845072234&dcs=f5&udh=%0B%05%04%0
B%84%23%F0%00%03%9F%03%01&text=%9F%06%01%B6%03%0B%6A%42%41%69%72%7
4%65%6c%47%50%52%53%00%41%69%72%74%65%6c%47%50%52%53%5f%50%72%6f%7
5-4

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

8%79%00%41%69%72%74%65%6c%47%50%52%53%5f%4e%41%50%49%44%00%68%74%7
4%70%3a%2f%2f%77%77%77%2e%79%61%68%6f%6f%2e%63%6f%6d%00%45%C6%56%0
1%87%07%06%83%00%01%87%15%06%83%0B%01%01%C6%55%01%87%07%06%83%00%0
1%87%11%06%83%1c%01%87%10%06%AB%01%87%08%06%03%61%69%72%74%65%6c%2
d%63%69%2d%67%70%72'
curl 'http://127.0.0.1:14213/cgi-bin/
sendsms?user=test&pass=test&to=919845072234&dcs=f5&udh=%0B%05%04%0
B%84%23%F0%00%03%9F%03%02&text=%73%2e%63%6f%6d%00%01%87%09%06%89%0
1%01%C6%51%01%87%07%06%83%00%01%87%15%06%83%0B%01%87%1C%06%83%2d%0
1%C6%52%01%87%2F%06%03%41%69%72%74%65%6c%47%50%52%53%5f%50%68%50%7
2%6f%78%79%00%01%87%20%06%03%30%2e%30%2e%30%2e%30%00%01%87%21%06%8
5%01%87%22%06%83%1c%01%C6%53%01%87%23%06%03%30%00%01%01%01%01%C6%0
0%01%55%01%87%36%00%00%06%03%77%32%00%01%87%07%06%83%00%01%87%00%0
1%39%00%00%06%83%0B'
curl 'http://127.0.0.1:14213/cgi-bin/
sendsms?user=test&pass=test&to=919845072234&dcs=f5&udh=%0B%05%04%0
B%84%23%F0%00%03%9F%03%03&text=%01%C6%00%01%59%01%87%07%00%00%06%8
3%00%01%87%00%01%3A%00%00%06%83%2d%01%87%1C%01%01%01%01'
MMS Settings / OTA Message:
curl 'http://127.0.0.1:14213/cgi-bin/
sendsms?user=test&pass=test&to=919845072234&dcs=f5&udh=%0B%05%04%0
B%84%23%F0%00%03%9F%03%01&text=%9F%06%01%B6%03%0B%6A%2d%41%69%72%7
4%65%6c%4d%4d%53%31%00%41%69%72%74%65%6c%4d%4d%53%31%5f%50%72%6f%7
8%79%00%41%69%72%74%65%6c%4d%4d%53%31%5f%4e%41%50%49%44%00%45%C6%5
6%01%87%07%06%83%00%01%87%15%06%83%10%01%01%C6%55%01%87%07%06%83%0
0%01%87%11%06%83%1c%01%87%10%06%AB%01%87%08%06%03%61%69%72%74%65%6
c%2d%63%69%2d%6d%6d%73%2e%63%6f%6d%00%01%87%09%06%89%01%01%C6%51%0
1%87%07%06%83%00%01'
curl 'http://127.0.0.1:14213/cgi-bin/
sendsms?user=test&pass=test&to=919845072234&dcs=f5&udh=%0B%05%04%0
B%84%23%F0%00%03%9F%03%02&text=%87%15%06%83%10%01%C6%52%01%87%2F%0
6%03%41%69%72%74%65%6c%4d%4d%53%31%5f%50%68%50%72%6f%78%79%00%01%8
7%20%06%03%31%30%2e%32%30%30%2e%36%31%2e%31%37%00%01%87%21%06%85%0
1%87%22%06%83%1c%01%C6%53%01%87%23%06%03%39%32%30%31%00%01%01%01%0
1%C6%00%01%55%01%87%36%00%00%06%03%77%34%00%01%87%07%06%83%00%01%8
7%00%01%39%00%00%06%83%10%01%87%00%01%34%00%00%06%03%68%74%74%70%3
a%2f%2f%31%30%2e%32'
curl 'http://127.0.0.1:14213/cgi-bin/
sendsms?user=test&pass=test&to=919845072234&dcs=f5&udh=%0B%05%04%0
B%84%23%F0%00%03%9F%03%03&text=%30%30%2e%36%31%2e%31%37%2f%73%65%7
2%76%6c%65%74%73%2f%6d%6d%73%00%01%01%01'

Note
SMSC Gateway needs to accept the VMS
messages for successful transmission to the
subscriber.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 5N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

5.2.4 Deferred Delivery Support


SMSRouter supports deferred delivery of AO- MT messages. On receiving a message from an ESME with
deferred delivery set (in the scheduled_delivery_time parameter in the message PDU) to a future date and
time, SMSRouter stores the message in the DB module. It attempts to deliver the message at the
scheduled date and time.
Example:
CNN.com application connects to SMSRouter and sends a submit_sm request with the
scheduled_delivery_time parameter set to a future time for delivery to Samantha. SMSRouter accepts the
message. It checks for the scheduled_delivery_time parameter. If the parameter is set to a future date and
time, SMSRouter stores the message in the database for deferred delivery.

5.2.5 Submit Multi Operations Support


The SMSRouter solution supports Submit Multi operations. The Submit Multi operation is used to submit
SMPP messages from ESMEs for delivery to multiple mobile recipients. The ESME sends a submit _multi
packet with multiple recipient addresses to the SMSRouter system. If the ESME wants to submit one
message to a single destination, the number_of_dest parameter is set to one. In the submit_multi pdu
parameter, the ESME can set the MSISDNs of the subscribers to whom the message into be sent. The
submit_multi packet does not support messages in transaction mode.
Example:
Indiatimes.com application sends a promotional message to multiple subscribers. It defines the number of
subscribers in the number_of_dest parameter and the MSISDNs of the subscribers in the submit_multi pdu
parameter.

5.2.6 Intermediate Delivery Reports


SMSRouter supports the generation of intermediate delivery reports for MT messages. Intermediate
delivery reports are generated in case of temporary errors. The system generates an intermediate delivery
report and sends it to party A indicating the message status. If intermediate delivery report is not received
from SMSRouter, handsets do not display the status of the message as pending. This feature enables the
Operator to overcome this issue. If intermediate delivery report flag is enabled, the delivery status of the
message is displayed as pending.
Example:
CNN.com application sends a message to Peter. On receiving the message, SMSRouter immediately tries
to deliver the message to Peter. If the mobile of Peter is out of the coverage area, SMSRouter sends the
Delivery report as pending to ESMECNN.com. Whenever Peters mobile is reachable, SMSRouter delivers
the message and sends the Delivery report as delivered to CNN.com.

5.2.7 Large Message Buffer Pool


SMSRouter has a large message buffer pool and can store up to 200,000 of messages (configurable) for
direct delivery. SMSRouter can store a maximum of 1 million messages for retries. Operators can
configure the message count for direct deliveries and retries. The system buffers incoming messages for
5-6

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

retry attempts when there are minor problems in the Operators network. Once the threshold limit is
crossed, SMSRouter rejects incoming messages through MO and AO channels.

Note
The maximum buffer size is based on the
operating system and hardware memory constraints.

5.2.8 Direct Delivery Attempts (DDA)


The SMSRouter system attempts direct delivery of messages to destination mobiles. If a direct delivery
attempt is not successful, SMSRouter redirects messages to a Fallback SMSC. This mechanism saves on
network/hardware/software resources used in a conventional network platform.
Example:
Reuters.com application sends a message to Michelle. On receiving the message, SMSRouter
immediately delivers the message to Michelle. If Michelles mobile is not reachable, SMSRouter redirects
the message to the secondary SMSC.

5.2.9 MAP1, MAP2 and MAP3 Support for SRI and MT Messages
SMSRouter supports MAP1, MAP2 and MAP3 versions for MT messages. The system tries to deliver MT
FSM in the default MAP version of the network. If the system encounters an error while delivering
messages, it retries to deliver messages using a lower MAP version. The process goes on till the message
delivery is successful.
MAP1, MAP2 and MAP3 support for SRI requests and responses
MAP1, MAP2 and MAP3 support for MT messages

5.2.10 Alert Service Center Forwarding to SMPP ESMEs


This feature enables ESMEs to receive alert notifications from SMSRouter whenever the destination
mobile is reachable or is ready to receive messages. The system forwards alert notifications received from
the HLR (of the destination mobile) to the ESME. This is done if the application has enabled the set_dpf
flag in the data_sm transactional packet while streaming messages to subscribers. After receiving alert
notification from the network, the system sends the notification to the ESME client with the enabled set_dpf
flag.
Messages are not queued up or retried after the first delivery attempt. If the delivery fails in the first
attempt, the message is dropped and a notification is sent to the application.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 7N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Example:
SMSRouter receives messages from CNN.com for Peter. If the Peters mobile is out of the network
coverage area, message delivery fails and SMSRouter sends a failed Delivery report to the application.
When the mobile is within the network coverage area, the HLR sends an alert to SMSRouter about the
updated status of Peters mobile. If the alert service center flag is enabled, SMSRouter forwards the alert
to CNN.com to resend the message.

5.3 Configuring SMSRouter Web GUI for AO-MT Messaging


The following features are configured from the Web GUI for MO-AT messaging.

5.4 Dynamic Configuration of Rules


SMSRouter supports dynamic configuration of rules, thus helping the Operator to configure rules to handle
messages more effectively based on the traffic situation and other requirements without any system
restarts or downtime. SMSRouter supports TCP based re-direction. TCP/IP links are cheaper than SS7
resources and the bandwidth over TCP/IP is higher than over SS7. TCP/IP works out to be a flexible and
cost-effective solution to manage message bursts. In case of delivery failure, messages are forwarded to
the SMSC for further retries over TCP/IP.
SMSRouter stores the configured rules in the database. After configuring the rules through the Web-based
GUI, SMSRouter applies the rules to redirect/reject messages handled by the system.
The following table lists all the rules defined in SMSRouter:

Table 5-1: Rules Definition

Rule
Account ID and Destination IMSI
Based Barring

5-8

Definition
Bars message transfers from a
source ESME account ID to a
destination IMSI/IMSI series.

Scenarios/Examples
Orange Telecom can restrict a
specific ESME account such as
CNN.com from sending
messages to a specific IMSI
series 9197411as it does not
have an agreement for sharing
transmission revenue between
mobile Operators and content
providers.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 5-1: Rules Definition

Rule

Definition

Scenarios/Examples

System ID and Destination


MSISDN Combination Based
Barring

Bars specific ESME accounts


from sending messages to a
specific MSISDN/MSISDN
series.

During the festival season or


peak hours, Orange Telecom
temporarily bars/suspends the
promotional messages received
from CNN.com destined for
MSISDN series 919845 to
prevent network congestions.

Alpha Numeric Sender ID


Barring

In AO messages, messages from


specific alphanumeric sender
addresses can be barred.

Orange Telecom bars all


messages received from the
ESME application with
alphanumeric IDs during festival
season to prevent network
congestion.

System ID Barring

Bars large ESME accounts.

Orange Telecom bars all


messages from Reuters.com
with system ID 65 due to non
payment of dues.

AO Short Code Barring

Bar all messages originating


from a given short code
associated with an application.

Singtel bars the short code 8888,


which is assigned to send
American Idol poll questions to
subscribers as the service
provider has stopped the contest.

Destination MSISDN Barring

Bars the destination MSISDN/


MSISDN series from receiving
messages.

Maxtel bars messages sent to


the MSISDN series 9198450.
Destination MSISDNs are barred
mainly to avoid spamming and
unauthorized usage.

Destination VMSC Barring

Bars the destination VMSC


series or VMSC number from
receiving messages.

Sigmatel subscriber from India


tries to send messages to a
Orange subcriber in UK. Since,
Sigmatel does not have an
agreement with Orange UK
(different network Operators
need to sign an agreement to
allow calls and messages
between subscribers of the
respective Operators) it drops
the message destined for
Orange UK on the basis of the
destination VMSC.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 9N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 5-1: Rules Definition

Rule
Destination IMSI Barring

Definition

Scenarios/Examples

Bars an IMSI or IMSI series from


receiving messages.

Operator can bar a given IMSI or


IMSI series instead of barring a
set of MSISDN series from
receiving SMS messages to
avoid unauthorized usage.
Example: Sigmatel bars a
specific prepaid IMSI series
009899 from receiving SMS
while roaming as those
subscribers have not subscribed
for roaming services.

5 - 10

PID Barring

Bars all the messages with a


given protocol ID.

To prevent network congestion,


SMSRouter of Singtel Operator,
bars all Email messages sent
from MSISDNs.

PID Redirection

SMSRouter offers a flexible


routing mechanism where
routing can be based on the PID
of MO messages. This helps the
Operator to effectively manage
the associated messaging
infrastructure.

Instead of direct delivery,


SMSRouter of Maxtel redirects
the Fax messages received by
the system to a different SMSC
or SMSRouter node configured
in the Redirection list for optimal
load balancing and to avoid
SMSRouter congestion.

Destination MSISDN and


Destination TON-NPI
Combination Redirection

Redirects messages based on


destination MSISDN/MSISDN
series in combination with the
message TON and NPI.

Maxtel defines a rule to redirect


all messages sent to an MSISDN
with international TON to the
Fallback SMSC configured in the
Redirection list for optimal load
balancing.

MT-FSM Failure

If the MT-FSM fails for


messages, the messages can be
redirected to the Redirection list
or can be retried at a later period
as per the Retry policy. The
redirection or retry can be set for
all the errors or for a given failure
error type. The MT-FSM failure
based redirection can be done
for destination MSISDNs or
destination applications.

If the subscriber is out of


coverage area, the MSC sends a
negative MTFSM response to
SMSRouter. In such cases,
SMSRouter redirects all the
failed messages to a Fallback
SMSC configured in the
Redirection list. SMSRouter can
also retry message delivery
based on retry configuration.

SRI-SM Failure

Messages can be redirected or


stored for retry based on the
Retry policy. The rule can be
defined for all the error codes or
a given error code and for a
given MSISDN or application.

If the subscriber is out of


coverage area, the HLR sends a
negative SRIFSM response to
SMSRouter. In such cases,
SMSRouter redirects failed
messages to a Fallback SMSC
configured in the Redirection list.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 5-1: Rules Definition

Rule

Definition

Scenarios/Examples

Application Originated Message


Redirection

Redirects all AO messages from


a short code to the Redirection
list.

Operator can redirect messages


from a voice mail application to a
SMSC configured in the
Redirection list.

Destination MSISDN Based


Redirection

Redirects all messages


terminating at a given MSISDN/
MSISDN series to the
Redirection list.

Three SMSCs (Huwaeii SMSC,


Comverse SMSC and Ericsson
SMSC) are connected to
SMSRouter of Maxtel. The
Operator configures a rule to
redirect all messages destined
for the MSISDN series 98690 to
Ericsson SMSC for optimal
message delivery.

Source and Destination


MSISDN/ Short Code Barring

Bars message transfers from a


source MSISDN/MSISDN series
to a destination MSISDN/
MSISDN series or short codes.

Maxtel bars a specific MSISDN


series 919845 from sending
messages to a specific content
provider application, which
belongs to Sigmatel as both the
Operators does not have any
agreement for sharing of
revenue.
Source: Comviva

5.4.1 Black/White List Support Rules


The SMSRouter system can configure the following rules to bar MSISDNs and applications from sending
and receiving messages as explained below:
Account ID and Destination IMSI Based Barring Rules
System ID and Destination MSISDN Combination Based Barring Rules
Alphanumeric Sender ID Barring Rules
System ID Barring Rules
AO Short Code Barring Rules
Destination MSISDN Barring Rules
Destination VMSC Barring Rules
Destination IMSI Barring Rules
Protocol Identifier Data (PID) Barring Rules
Source MSISDN and Destination MSISDNs/Short Code Barring Rules

Account ID and Destination IMSI Based Barring Rules


These rules are used to bar message transfers from a specific source ESME account ID to a specific
destination IMSI/IMSI series.
Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 11N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
ESME account ID is numeric and is internally generated by the SMSRouter system. This ID is not
shared with the ESME clients.

To define account ID and destination IMSI based barring rules:


Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 5-3: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Account ID and Destination IMSI Based Barring from the Rule Type list.

Figure 5-4: Account ID and Destination IMSI based Barring

Select the ID of the ESME account sending messages from Account ID list.

5 - 12

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Enter the IMSI to which messages are sent in Destination IMSI.


Select the action to be taken in Action:
Allowed:
Barred:

Allow messages from the ESME account ID to the destination IMSI.

Bar the ESME account ID from sending messages to the destination IMSI.

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the reason for barring the account ID/IMSI.


Click Done to save the changes.

System ID and Destination MSISDN Combination Based Barring Rules


These rules bar specific systems (ESME applications) from sending messages to a specific MSISDN/
MSISDN series. These rules check the messages on the basis of the system ID of the ESME client
sending messages.
To configure system ID and destination MSISDN based barring rules:
Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 5-5: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select System ID and Destination MSISDN Combination Based Barring from the Rule Type

list.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 13N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-6: System ID and Destination MSISDN Combination based Barring

Select the system ID of the ESME account sending messages from the System ID list.
Enter the MSISDN to which messages are sent in Destination MSISDN.
Select the action to be taken in Action:
Allowed:
Barred:

Allow messages from the ESME account ID to the destination MSISDN.

Bar the ESME System IF from sending messages to the destination MSISDN.

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the reason for barring the system ID/MSISDN.


Click Done to save the changes.

Alphanumeric Sender ID Barring Rules


These rules are used to bar the alphanumeric sender ID of ESME accounts from sending messages.
To configure alphanumeric sender ID rules:

Rules Management > Rules Configuration

5 - 14

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-7: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Sender Alpha Numeric Barring from the Rule Type list.

Figure 5-8: Sender Alpha Numeric Barring

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:

Table 5-2: Sender Alpha Numeric Barring

Field
Rule Type*

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

Description
Name of the rule to be
configured.

Validation
NA

5 - 15N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 5-2: Sender Alpha Numeric Barring

Field
Sender Alpha Numeric Address*

Description
Alphanumeric address of the
sender application.

Validation
Alphanumeric
Special

characters and wild


cards are not allowed

Maximum

Action*

Action to be taken:

length is 15 digits

NA

Allowed
Barred

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA
Source: Comviva

Enter the alphanumeric address of the sender in Sender Alpha Numeric Address.
Select the type of action from the Action drop-down list. The action can be:

Allowed: Allow the specified sender ID to send messages

Barred: Bar the specified sender ID from sending messages

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status drop-down list. The status can be:

Active

Inactive

Enter the reason for barring the sender address from sending messages.
Click Done to save the changes.

System ID Barring Rules


These rules are used to bar ESME accounts with specific system IDs. If the MO traffic is very high at any
time, SMSRouter uses this rule to temporarily bar AO messages.
To configure system ID barring rules:

Rules Management > Rules Configuration

5 - 16

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-9: Rules List

Select System ID Barring from the Rule Type list.


Click Add Rule.

Figure 5-10: System ID Barring

Enter the ID of the ESME account to be barred in System ID.


Select the type of action from the Action drop-down list. The action can be:

Allowed: Allow the system ID to send messages

Barred: Bar the system ID from sending messages

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status drop-down list. The status can be:

Active

Inactive

Enter the reason for barring the system.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 17N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

AO Short Code Barring Rules


Service numbers are the short codes associated with the client applications. These rules are used to block
messages sent from specific service numbers.
To configure AO short code barring rules:
Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 5-11:Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select AO Short Code Barring from the Rule Type list.

Figure 5-12: AO Short Code Barring

Enter the short code of the application to be barred in Short Code.


Select the type of action from the Action drop-down list. The action can be:

5 - 18

Allowed: Allow the short code to send messages

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Barred: Bar the short code from sending messages

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status drop-down list. The status can be:

Active

Inactive

Enter the reason for barring the short code.

Destination MSISDN Barring Rules


These rules are used to bar destination MSISDNs/ MSISDN series. SMSRouter does not process
messages sent to barred MSISDNs. Barring can be implemented for a MSISDN series or for specific
MSISDNs.
To configure destination MSISDN barring rules:
Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 5-13: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Destination MSISDN Barring from the Rule Type list.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 19N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-14: Destination MSISDN Barring

Enter the MSISDN to be barred in Destination MSISDN.


Select the action to be taken:
Allowed:
Barred:

Allow the MSISDN to receive messages from SMSRouter.

Bar the MSISDN from receiving messages from SMSRouter.

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the reason for barring the MSISDN.


Click Done to save the changes.

Destination VMSC Barring Rules


Rules can be configured to bar a series of VMSC or specific VMSCs from receiving messages. In case of
MO-MT message, the HLR sends routing information in the SRIFSM response to SMSRouter. The
SRIFSM response contains the address of the Visited Mobile Switching Center (VMSC) and the subscriber
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI). If the destination VMSC is barred, SMSRouter does not
deliver messages to the VMSCs.
To configure destination VMSC barring rules:
Rules Management > Rules Configuration

5 - 20

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-15: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Destination VMSC Barring from the Rule Type list.

Figure 5-16: Destination VMSC Barring

Enter the VMSC number in Destination VMSC.


Select the action to be taken:
Allowed:
Barred:

SMSRouter processes messages to send to the specified VMSC

SMSRouter does not process the messages to send to the specified VMSC

Select the status of the rule from Rule Status.


Give the reason for barring the VMSC in Reason.
Click Done to save the changes.

Destination IMSI Barring Rules


These rules block messages based on the destination IMSIs. Using these rules, messages sent to
MSISDNs with blacklisted IMSIs are rejected.
Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 21N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

To configure destination IMSI barring rules:


Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 5-17: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Destination IMSI Barring from the Rule Type list.

Figure 5-18: Destination IMSI Barring

Enter the IMSI number in Destination IMSI.


Select the type of action from the Action drop-down list. The action can be:

Allowed: Allow the specified IMSI to receive messages

Barred: Bar the specified IMSI from receiving messages

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status drop-down list. The status can be:

5 - 22

Active

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Inactive

Enter the reason for barring the IMSI number.


Click Done to save the changes.

Protocol Identifier Data (PID) Barring Rules


These rules are used to block messages from applications on the basis of the Protocol Identifier Data (PID)
of the application. A unique PID is used to identify the applications that send fax and mail messages. A
unique protocol identifier identifies applications that sends fax, e-mail.
To configure PID barring rules:
Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 5-19: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select PID Barring from the Rule Type list.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 23N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-20: PID Barring

Enter the protocol ID to be barred in PID Number.


Select the action to be taken using the Action list:
Allowed:
Barred:

Allow messages from the application with the specified PID to SMSRouter.

Bar messages from the application with the specified PID to SMSRouter.

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the reason for barring.


Click Done to save the changes.

Source MSISDN and Destination MSISDNs/Short Code Barring Rules


These rules bar message transmission from a source MSISDN/MSISDN series to a destination MSISDN/
MSISDN series or application short codes.
To configure source MSISDN and destination MSISDN/short code barring rules:

Rules Management > Rules Configuration

5 - 24

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-21: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source & Destination MSISDN/Short Code Barring from the Rule Type list.

Figure 5-22: Source and Destination MSISDN/Short Code Barring

Enter the MSISDN sending messages in Source MSISDN.


Enter the MSISDN to which messages are sent in Destination MSISDN.
Select the destination type in Destination Type list. Destination types can be:
Destination

MSISDN: If selected, messages are allowed/barred to a given MSISDN/


MSISDN series.

Destination

Short Code: If selected, messages are allowed/barred to a given short

codes.
Select the action to be taken in Action:
Allowed:
Barred:

Allow messages from the source MSISDN to the destination MSISDN.

Bar the source MSISDN from sending messages to the destination MSISDN.

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 25N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the reason for barring the MSISDN/short code(s).


Click Done to save the changes.

PID-based Redirection Rules


Routing can be based on the PID of MO and AO messages.
To configure the rules:
Rules Management >Rules Configuration

Figure 5-23: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select PID Redirection from the Rule Type list.

Figure 5-24: PID Redirection

5 - 26

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

The fields of the screen are described in the table below:

Table 5-3: PID Redirection

Field

Description

PID Number*

Messages with the selected


protocol ID are redirected.

Validation
Range:

0 - 255

Numeric
Maximum

length is 21 digits

Enter the protocol ID message in PID Number.


Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.
Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.
Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the condition of implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

Destination MSISDN and Destination TON & NPI-based Redirection Rules


These rules redirect messages for a specific MSISDN/MSISDN series on the basis of their TON and NPI.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules
Definition.

To configure destination MSISDN and destination TON NPI-based redirection rules:


Rules Management>Rules Configuration

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 27N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-25: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Destination MSISDN and Destination TON NPI from the Rule Type list.

Figure 5-26: Destination MSISDN and Destination TON NPI Combination Redirection

The fields of the screen are described in the table below:

Table 5-4: Destination MSISDN and Destination TON NPI Combination Redirection

Field

5 - 28

Description

Validation

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Destination MSISDN *

Address of the destination


MSISDN.

Valid mobile number/series

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 5-4: Destination MSISDN and Destination TON NPI Combination Redirection

Field

Description

Validation

Destination TON *

TON of the destination MSISDN.

NA

Destination NPI *

NPI of the destination MSISDN.

NA

Min Length *

Minimum length of the


destination MSISDN/MSISDN
series

Valid mobile number/series

Action*

Whether or not to redirect the


messages.

NA

Redirection List *

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure, the messages are
redirected to the SMSC in the
Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA

Reason

Condition in which the rule is to


be implemented

Maximum length is 50 characters


Source: Comviva

Enter the address of the MSISDN in Destination MSISDN.


Select the TON of the destination MSISDN.
Select the NPI of the destination MSISDN.
Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.
Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.
Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the condition of implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

5.4.2 Error-Based Redirection Rules


SMSRouter handles messages on the basis of the type of errors returned from the network. Undelivered
messages (due to temporary errors) are redirected to the Fallback SMSCs based on the temporary error
codes.
For more information on error codes, refer to Appendix B Error Codes

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 29N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

The system configures MT-FSM failure and SRI-SM failure rules to redirect messages on the occurrence
of any of the following temporary errors:
Absent subscriber
Call barred
Supplementary Services (SS) incompatibility
Subscriber busy for MTSMS
Facility not supported
SM-Delivery failure
System failure
Data missing
Message waiting list full
Unexpected data value
Absent subscriber for SRI
Busy subscriber
No subscriber reply
Any other errors

MT-FSM Failure Rules


MT-FSM failure is encountered during Mobile Terminated (MT) messaging. During MO-MT messaging, if
the MTFSM response is negative, these rules redirect or retries the message on the basis of the system
ID, error code and destination MSISDN. For AO-MT messaging, if the MTFSM response is negative, these
rules redirect or retry the messages on the basis of the system ID, error code and destination MSISDN.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition

To configure MT-FSM rules for redirection of messages in case of temporary errors:

Rules Management >Rules Configuration

5 - 30

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-27: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select MT - FSM Failure from the Select Rule list.

Figure 5-28: MT - FSM Failure

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:

Table 5-5: MTFSM Failure

Field
Rule Type*

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

Description
Name of the rule to be
configured.

Validation
NA

5 - 31N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 5-5: MTFSM Failure

Field
Error Desc*

Description
Network errors defined for a MT
message:
Absent
Call
SS

NA

Subscriber

Barred

Incompatibility

Facility

not supported

Subscriber

Busy for MT-SMS

SM-Delivery
Message
System
Data

Failure

missing

Absent
Busy

Failure

Waiting List Full

Unexpected

No

Validation

data value

subscriber for SRI

subscriber

subscriber reply

MSISDN to which a message is


sent.

Numeric

System ID

Login ID of the ESME account.

NA

Action*

Action to be taken:

NA

Destination MSISDN

Maximum

length is 15 digits

Redirect: Redirect message to

a Fallback SMSC in the Redirection list. SMSRouter can


redirect a message based on
the combination of Error
Desc and Destination
MSISDN.
Retry: Retry message delivery

after pre-defined time intervals


(configured in SMSRouter).
For more information on message retry, refer to Configuring
Account-based Retries.
Redirection List*

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure, the message is redirected
to a SMSC in the Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Status can be:

NA

Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to
deactivate the rule.

5 - 32

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 5-5: MTFSM Failure

Field

Description

Reason

Validation

Condition in which barring is to


be done.

Maximum length is 50 characters


Source: Comviva

Select the type of error from the Error Desc list.

Table 5-6: Error Description

Error

Description

Absent Subscriber

Network cannot find the


subscriber

Call Barred

Call is barred for a given


MSISDN by the subscriber or by
the Operator.

SS Incompatibility

Supplementary service provided


by the Operator is not compatible
with the handset.

Facility Not Supported

Requested service is not


supported by the PLMN.

Subscriber Busy for MT-SMS

Mobile-Terminated Short
Message Transfer (MT-SMS)
cannot be completed due to one
of the following reasons:
Delivery

node is busy with


another MT-SMS transfer and
the node does not support
message buffering.

different MT-SMS transfer is


ongoing and it is not possible
to buffer the message for
delivery later.

Message was buffered but it is

not possible to deliver the


message before the expiry of
buffer time (as defined in GSM
03.40).
SM-Delivery Failure

Short message could not be


delivered.

Message Waiting List Full

No more short messages can be


added to the message waiting
list.

System Failure

A job cannot be done due to the


occurrence of a problem in the
system.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 33N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 5-6: Error Description

Error

Description

Data Missing

An optional parameter required


by the context is missing.

Unexpected Data Value

Data syntax is correct but its


value or presence is unexpected
in the current context.

Absent subscriber for SRI

Send Routing Information (SRI)


cannot be completed because
the network cannot contact the
subscriber.

Busy subscriber

Subscriber is busy.

No subscriber reply

No response from the subscriber.

Absent Subscriber

Network cannot find the


subscriber
Source: Comviva

Enter the destination MSISDN/MSISDN series. It is an optional parameter.


Select the network error from the Error Desc list. Either a single error scenario or all the error

scenarios can be selected.


Select the system ID of the ESME account. Messages originating from this system ID to the

MSISDN or MSISDN series (specified in Destination MSISDN) are either redirected or retried.
It is an optional parameter.

Note
It is mandatory to enter either the Destination
MSISDN or to select the system ID of the ESME
account.
Select the action to be taken:
Redirect:

Redirect messages to a Fallback SMSC in the Redirection List.

Retry:

Retry message delivery after pre-defined time intervals (For more information
on message retry, refer to Configuring Account-based Retries.)

Select a configured Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.


Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list.
Enter the condition of implementing the rule.
Click Done to save the changes.

SRI-SM Rules
SMSRouter sends the following two types of requests to the GSM network:

5 - 34

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Send Routing Information (SRI) request is sent to HLR to retrieve the IMSI and VMSC details of

the destination MS.


Mobile Terminated (MT) Forward Short Message request is sent to MSC to deliver the SMS

message.
If the SRI response during MO-MT messaging is negative, this rule redirects messages to a Fallback
SMSC defined in the Redirection list.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

To configure SRI-SM rules for redirection of messages in case of temporary errors:


Rules Management>Rules Configuration

Figure 5-29: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select SRI-SM Failure from the Rule Type list.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 35N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-30: SRISM Failure

Note
For more information on field descriptions and how
to configure the rule refer to MT-FSM Failure Rules.

5.4.3 Application Originated Message Redirection Rules


These rules redirect all AO messages to the Redirection list.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

To configure application originated message redirection rules:


Rules Management > Rules Configuration

5 - 36

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-31: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Application Originated Message Redirection from the Rule Type list.

Figure 5-32: Application Originated Message Redirection

Enter the short code of the application in Short Code. Messages originating from the specified

short code are redirected.


Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.
Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.
Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status drop-down list. The status can be:

Active

Inactive

Enter the reason for implementing the rule.


Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 37N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Click Done to save the changes.

Destination MSISDN Based Redirection (DMBR) Rules


The DMBR rules redirect all the messages for a given MSISDN/MSISDN series to the Redirection list.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

To configure destination MSISDN-based redirection rules:

Rules Management>Rules Configuration

Figure 5-33: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Destination MSISDN Based Redirection from the Rule Type list.

5 - 38

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-34: Destination MSISDN Based Redirection

The fields of the screen are described in the table below:

Table 5-7: Destination MSISDN Based Redirection

Field

Description

Validation

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Destination MSISDN Address*

All the messages for the


MSISDN are redirected to a
Fallback SMSC.

Numeric

Action*

Redirect messages for the


MSISDN to the Redirection list.

NA

Redirection List*

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure, the message is redirected
to the SMSC in the selected
Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA

Reason

Condition in which the rule is to


be implemented.

Maximum length is 50 characters

Maximum

length is 15 digits

Source: Comviva

Enter the destination MSISDN in Destination MSISDN.


Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.
Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.
Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 39N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Enter the condition of implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

5.4.4 Configuring Account-based Retries


SMSRouter buffers and assigns retry schedules to messages undelivered on account of temporary
transmission errors (such as absent or busy subscriber). The retry schedule sets the number of attempts to
be made to deliver a message within a pre-defined period. If a retry policy is not defined for an ESME
account, the default retry policy is used for the account. Messages are retried on occurrence of any of the
following events:
Notification from HLR indicating the availability of a subscriber
Retry Time
Successful delivery of a new message
Any combination of the above

Figure 5-35: Retry Schedule

SMSRouter stops message redelivery if:


a negative acknowledgement indicating a permanent error is received from the MSC.
the message is manually deleted.
the message is overwritten by a new incoming message
the message expires.

Depending on the validity period of a message, SMSRouter makes up to ten attempts to ensure that the
message reaches its destination.

Viewing Account-based Retries Policies


The existing retry policies defined in the system can be viewed.
To view retry policies:
Rules Management > Retry Policy

5 - 40

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-36: Retry Policy

Select an account from the Account Name list to view the retry policies configured for the

account.
The following table lists the fields of the Retry Policy screen:

Table 5-8: Retry Policy

Field
Error Type

Description
GSM errors can be classified into
the following categories:
User

Error: Errors returned by


the GSM network

Provider

Error: Errors
returned by the Map stack

Internal

Errors: Errors
returned by the SMSC

Error Code

Each temporary error type has a


pre-configured error code.

Error Name

Name of the error.

Attempts

Number of attempts made to


deliver the message at preconfigured intervals. Depending
on the validity period of the
message, SMSRouter makes a
maximum number of ten
attempts to ensure that the
message reaches its destination.
The System Administrators can
define the retry parameters for
each error.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 41N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 5-8: Retry Policy

Field

Description
Source: Comviva

Creating Account-based Retries Policies


The Add Retry Policy option is used to configure new retry policies.
To add new retry policies:
Rules Management > Retry Policy > Add Retry Policy

Figure 5-37: Add Retry Policy

Note
For field descriptions, refer to the Retry Policy
table.

Error Name: Select the error for which a retry policy is to be defined.
Retry Attempts: Enter the retry interval period for each attempt. The retry interval should be in

seconds.
Click Done to save the changes.

5 - 42

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
The retry intervals can be defined for different
errors.

Deleting Retry Policies


You can to delete the existing retry policies.
To delete a retry policy:

Rules Management > Retry Policy

Figure 5-38: Retry Policy

Click Delete to delete the retry policy. A dialog box pops-up to re-confirm the operation.
Click OK.

5.4.5 Management of ESME Accounts


External Short Message Entity (ESME) clients use SMSRouter to transmit short messages to applications
or mobile destinations. This option is used to create and modify accounts for client applications. It keeps a
track on account holders and their subscription details.
The application GUI provides options to:
Add new ESME accounts
Delete ESME accounts
Configure auto replies
Configure failure replies
Set limits on the message count received from the ESME accounts
Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 43N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Configure multiple sessions for large accounts


Enable SMPP outbind sessions
Configure range-based service number provisioning
Enable store and forward function

Creating ESME Accounts


The Add New Account option is used to add new ESME accounts.
To add a new account:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account

5 - 44

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-39: Add ESME Account

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 45N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

The fields of the screen are described in the table below:

Table 5-9: Add New Account

Field
System ID*

Description
Login ID used by the client to
connect to SMSRouter. The field
validates the identity of the client
attempting to connect to
SMSRouter.

Validation
Should

Alphanumeric
Special

characters (&; *) are


not allowed except for an
underscore.

Not

Password*

Confirm Password
Protocol*

begin with an alphabet

case sensitive

Password of the client. It is used


to authenticate the identity of the
client attempting to connect to
SMSRouter.

Maximum

Re-enter password for


confirmation.

Same as Password

Protocol for communication. The


following protocols are used:

NA

Case

9 characters

sensitive

SMPP
UCP
CIMD

System Type*

The system type of the ESME.


For example, VMA for Voice Mail
Application or BULK for bulk
messages.

Alphanumeric
Special

characters (&; *) are


not allowed except underscore.

Case

Port*

Port on which SMSRouter server


connects to the ESME
application.

NA

Account Type*

Account type of a client


application. SMSRouter supports
two types of accounts:

NA

sensitive

Send

Only: It signifies that a


client has only message transmission privileges.

Send

and Receive: It signifies that a client has the privilege to transmit and receive
messages.

5 - 46

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 5-9: Add New Account

Field

Description

Default Address*

No. of Service Numbers*

All Service Numbers Allowed*

Validation

Default source address of the


client. Message packets
transmitted by a client contain
the source address and the
destination address. A client
transmitting messages to
SMSRouter may, however, enter
NULL in the Default Address
field. In such a case, SMSRouter
substitutes the source address
with the default address. The
parameter is particularly useful
for interfaces unfamiliar with the
concept of source address for a
short message (for instance,
voice mail systems).

Numeric

Service numbers are short codes


associated with an application.
This field indicates the number of
short codes allowed for a
particular application.

Numeric

Indicates whether or not clients


are allowed to transmit
messages from the service
numbers listed in the Access list:

NA

Maximum

Maximum

length is 6 digits

length is 3 digits

Yes: Select to allow the ESME

client to transmit messages


with any numeric sender
address. Applications do not
receive an acknowledgement
for the messages transmitted
if this option is selected.
No:

Select to allow the ESME


client to transmit messages
with numeric sender address
configured for the account.

Maximum Transmit (MSLA)

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

Maximum number of parallel


connections (sessions) that the
client application can maintain
with SMSRouter to transmit
message packets.

Numeric
Range:

0 - 10

Maximum

length is 3 digits

5 - 47N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 5-9: Add New Account

Field
Maximum Receive (MSLA)

Description

Maximum number of parallel


sessions (user connections) that
the client application can
maintain with SMSRouter to
receive messages.
The value should be entered only
if the client application opts for a
Send and receive account type.

Validation
Numeric
Enter

0 if Account Type is
Send Only.

Enter

a value between 0 and


10 if Account Type is Send
and Receive.

The client application can


maintain only one receive
session with SMSRouter during
the span of a single connection.
Maximum Priority*

Messages per Second*

Transmission precedence
assigned by SMSRouter to the
messages submitted by the client
application. Four priority levels
are supported:
0:

Level 0 priority (lowest)

1:

Level 1 priority

2:

Level 2 priority

3:

Level 3 priority (highest)

For a Send Only account,


Messages Per Second specifies
the number of messages that the
client application can transmit in
a second.

NA

Numeric
Maximum

length is 3 digits

For a Send and Receive


account, Messages Per Second
specifies the number of
messages that the client
application can send and receive
in a second.
Messages per Minute*

Transmission threshold for a


minute. The field is automatically
populated when an Operator
assigns the number of message
per second for a client.

NA

For example, if a client can


transmit 1 message per second,
the number of messages per
minute is 60.
Messages per Hour*

5 - 48

Transmission threshold for an


hour. The field is automatically
populated when an Operator
assigns the number of message
per second for a client.

NA

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 5-9: Add New Account

Field

Description

Validation

Messages per Day*

Transmission threshold for an


hour. The field is automatically
populated when an Operator
assigns the number of message
per second for a client.

NA

Message Length*

Maximum length of the message


that can be transmitted by a
client application SMSRouter.

Numeric

Criteria to truncate a message to


a pre-defined length and deliver
or reject a message when the
message exceeds the predefined length.

NA

Message Acceptance Criteria*

Values

range from 1 to 1600

You can choose any one option:


Truncate:

SMSRouter truncates the message to its predefined length and delivers


the message if the message
length exceeds the predefined length.

Reject:

SMSRouter rejects
the message if the message
exceeds the pre-defined
length.

GSM Conversion Red

Indicates whether SMSRouter


converts special characters as
per GSM standards:

NA

Yes:

Select if SMSRouter
should convert special characters, such as @ and #, to conform to GSM standards.

No:

Select if GSM conversion


is not required

Date of Activation*

Date on which a client account is


activated

NA

Date of Expiry*

Date on which the client account


terminates.

NA

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 49N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 5-9: Add New Account

Field
Binary Allowed*

Description
Indicates whether ESME is
allowed to send messages in
binary formats such as ring
tones, logos, and pictures. The
selection depends on the
account type opted by the client:

Validation
NA

Yes:

Select if ESME is
allowed to send messages in
binary formats.

No:

Select if ESME is not


allowed to send binary messages.

Alphanumeric Allowed*

Indicates whether ESME can


send alphanumeric sender
address. The selection depends
on the account type opted by the
client.

NA

Yes:

Select if ESME can send


alphanumeric sender address.

No:

Select if ESME cannot


send alphanumeric sender
address

Access List*

List of IP addresses that can be


used by a client to connect to
SMSRouter.

Numeric
Maximum

six IP addresses
are allowed

To allow all IP addresses to


connect to SMSRouter, include
0.0.0.0 in the Access List
field.

5 - 50

Enable Delivery Report*

Indicates whether SMSRouter


would send a Delivery report to
the ESME client after delivering
the message.

NA

Store and forward Enable

Indicates whether SMSRouter


should store and forward
messages if DDA fails.

NA

Outbind Enable

Indicates whether the SMPP


outbind feature is enabled or not.
This field is displayed only if the
account type is Send and
Receive.

Outbind Host

IP address of the ESME


application that connects to
SMSRouter on receiving a
outbind request. This field is
displayed only if Outbind Enable
is selected.

Valid IP Address

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 5-9: Add New Account

Field

Description

Validation

Outbind Port

Port number of the ESME


application that connects to
SMSRouter on receiving a
outbind request. This field is
displayed only if Outbind Enable
is selected.

Valid Port number

Source Whitelist Alphanumeric


Senders

List of alphanumeric address that


the ESME can use as sender
address.

Should be in the format xxxx, 5.

Source Whitelist Number Range

List of numeric address that the


ESME can use as sender
address.

Should be in the format 10009999.

A maximum of 200 sender


address (numeric and
alphanumeric) can be configured
for an account)
ESME Prepaid Enable

Indicates whether the ESME


account is prepaid or postpaid. If
prepaid, credit limit is not defined
for the account. Credit limit here
indicates the number of
messages an ESME account can
send.

NA

Support data_sm

Indicates whether or not the


ESME account can receive in
data_sm format.

NA

ValidityPeriod

Indicates the validity period of


the messages originating from
the ESME account

Numeric
Value

ranges from 0 to
864000 seconds
Source: Comviva

Enter the login ID to be used by the client to connect to SMSRouter in System ID.
Enter the password to be used to connect to SMSRouter in Password.
Re-enter the password in Confirm Password.
Select the type of protocol from the Protocol list. You can either select SMPP, CIMD or UCP for

communication.
Enter the type of connection in System Type.
Select the port from the Port list. Depending on the selected protocol, port list gets populated.
Select Account Type. SMSRouter supports two types of accounts:
Send

Only: Indicates that a client has only message transmission privileges.

Send

and Receive: Indicates that a client has the privilege to transmit and receive
messages.

Enter the default address of the application in Default Address. Message packets transmitted

by a client contain the source address and the destination address. A client transmitting
messages to SMSRouter may, however, enter NULL in the default address field. In such a
Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 51N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

case, SMSRouter substitutes the source address with the default address. The parameter is
particularly useful for interfaces unfamiliar with the notion of source address for a short
message (for instance, voice mail systems).

Note
The default source address of the ESME client may
be a number most commonly associated with the
application. Operators may assign the same default
address to different client applications.

Note
Two accounts cannot have the same service number. However, two applications can be assigned the
same allowed sender prefix.

Note
Administrators should ensure that the total
SMSRouter capacity does not exceed the expected
concurrent traffic. In the initial weeks of SMSRouter
installation, it is recommended that transmission
threshold limits for any client do not exceed 15
messages per second.

Enter the number of short codes to be defined for an ESME application in No. of Service

Numbers.
Select the All Service Numbers Allowed option. Values can be:
Yes: Select to allow the ESME

client to transmit messages with any numeric sender

address. If this option is selected, the connected applications do not receive an

acknowledgement after delivery of messages.


No:

Select to allow the ESME client to transmit messages with numeric sender address
configured for the account.

Enter the maximum number of sessions a client can maintain with SMSRouter to transmit

messages in Maximum Transmit (MSLA).


Enter the maximum number of sessions a client can maintain with SMSRouter to receive

messages in Maximum Receive (MSLA).


Select the priority of messages from a client application in Maximum Priority. Four priority

levels are supported. Level 0 has the lowest priority while Level 3 has the highest priority. An
application cannot exceed the priority level assigned during account creation.
Select the criteria for message acceptance in Message Acceptance Criteria. Values can be:

5 - 52

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Truncate:

SMSRouter truncates the message and delivers the message if the


message length exceeds the pre-defined length.

Reject:

SMSRouter rejects the message if the message exceeds the pre-defined

length.
Select whether or not GSM conversion is required in GSM Conversion Req. Values can be:
Yes:

Select if SMSRouter converts special characters, such as @ and #, to conform to


GSM standards.

No:

Select if the ESME application converts the special characters to conform to GSM
standards.

Select the date of activating the rule in Date of Activation.


Select the date of rule expiry in Date of Expiry.
Select Binary Allowed to indicate whether or not SMSRouter should support binary formats

such as ring tones and logos. Values can be:


Yes:
No:

Select if ESME is allowed to send messages in binary formats.

Select if ESME is not allowed to send binary messages.

Select Alphanumeric Allowed if SMSRouter supports only alphanumeric messages. You can

choose any one option depending on the account type:


Yes:
No:

Select if ESME can send alphanumeric sender address.

Select if ESME cannot send alphanumeric sender address.

Enter the IP addresses to connect to SMSRouter in Access List.


Select Enable Delivery Report to send Delivery report to the ESME client after delivering the

message.
Select Store and Forward to enable store and forward of messages if DDA fails.
Select Outbind Enable to enable SMPP outbind feature.
Enter the IP address of the ESME application that connects to SMSRouter on receiving a

outbind request in Outbind Host.


Enter the port number of the ESME application that connects to SMSRouter on receiving a

outbind request in Outbind Port.


Enter the list of alphanumeric address that the ESME can use as sender address in Source

Whitelist Alphanumeric Senders.


Enter the list of numeric address that the ESME can use as sender address in Source Whitelist

Number Range.
Select ESME Prepaid Enable to indicate whether or not the ESME account is prepaid or

postpaid.
Select Support data_sm to indicate whether the ESME account can receive data in data_sm

format.
Enter the validity period of messges originating from the ESME account in Validity Period.
Click Continue to add Service Numbers, Standard Reply, and Failure Reply.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 53N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-40: Add New Account

Deleting ESME Accounts


You can delete the existing ESME accounts.
To delete ESME accounts:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts

Figure 5-41: Delete ESME Accounts

Click Delete to delete the given ESME account. A pop-up window appears to confirm the

operation.
Click OK to confirm deletion.

Configuring Failure Replies


Sometimes applications are unable to handle a sudden burst of messages and stop responding to
requests. The application may not be able to function normally due to connectivity or other technical
problems in the application or network. The problem is critical when services handle premium services.

5 - 54

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

In such cases, SMSRouter provides the provision to configure a standard failure response that can be sent
out to the users sending requests to the application. The Operator can configure the failure message
through the application GUI. In addition, SMSRouter buffers all the requests received during the
application down-time and delivers the requests to the application whenever it starts functioning.
Example:
During New Year or Christmas, subscribers often request for ring tones that are suitable for the occasion
for. If the ring tone application cannot handle the sudden surge in the requests, it may stop responding to
subscriber requests. In such scenarios, Operators can configure the following failure response and send to
the subscribers requesting for ring tones in SMSRouter:
We are unable to process your request at this time. Please try
later.
To configure failure replies:

ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account


Enter the required field values in : Add ESME Account. (For more information, refer to the Add

New Account.)
Click Continue. (Refer to : Add ESME Account)

Figure 5-42: Add Failure Reply

Enter the failure response SMSRouter that should be automatically sent to the users when the

application stops functioning in Failure Reply.


Click Done to save the changes.

Throttling Control for ESME Accounts


Operators can define thresholds for the maximum number of messages that can be sent by ESME
accounts to SMSRouter. Controls are defined for the:
Number of messages received per second
Number of messages received per minute
Number of messages received per hour
Number of messages received per day

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 55N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

If the limits are exceeded, SMSRouter sends the excess messages back to the ESME accounts. Defining
limits helps to control the flow of messages towards SMSRouter.
To set limits on the message count:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account

Figure 5-43: Throttling Control for ESME Accounts

5 - 56

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Enter the number of messages that can be transmitted by the ESME client in a second in

Message Per second. There is no theoretical limit on the number of messages that can be
sent to SMSRouter.

Note
Administrators should ensure that the total
SMSRouter capacity does not exceed the expected
concurrent traffic. In the initial weeks of SMSRouter
installation, it is recommended that transmission
threshold limits for any client do not exceed 15
messages per second.
Message Per Minute, Message Per Hour, Message Per Day are automatically populated

based on the value entered in Messages Per Second.

Note
For field descriptions, refer to Add New Account
table.
Click Done to save changes.

Support for Multiple Sessions of ESME Accounts


SMSRouter supports multiple session for ESME accounts (MSLA), thereby enhancing throughput.
SMSRouter controls the number of sessions per account. The system defines a maximum number of 10
sessions per account. MSLA supports the Round Robin method of message distribution across active
sessions. A single session can support up to 30 messages per second.
To configure multiple sessions for an account:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 57N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-44: Configuring MSLA

Enter the required field values in : Add ESME Account. (For more information, refer to the

Table: Add New Account).


In Maximum Transmit (MSLA), enter the maximum number of sessions that a client

application can maintain with SMSRouter to transmit messages.


In Maximum Receive (MSLA), enter the maximum number of sessions that the client can

maintain with SMSRouter to receive messages.


Click Done to save changes.

5 - 58

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Multiple Service Numbers ESME Mapping


Multiple service numbers can be associated with an ESME account. A maximum of 200 service numbers
can be associated with a single account. Multiple service number mapping enhances the throughout rate
for ESME accounts.
Example:
The Operator associates five service numbers (8888, 5555, 3131, 6666, 4545) with the ESME account for
an online auction application. This enables subscribers to send quotes to any of the five service numbers.
To configure multiple service numbers:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account

Figure 5-45: Multiple Service Number

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 59N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Enter the number of short codes to be associated with the application in No. Of Service

Numbers.

Note
For information on the fields, refer to Table: Add
New Account.
Click Continue.

Figure 5-46: Add Multiple Service Numbers

Enter the short codes defined for the ESME account in Service Number.
In Standard Reply, enter the standard response to be sent to users sending service requests.
In Failure Reply, enter the failure response to be sent to users when the application is not

functional.
Click Done to save changes.

Range-based ESME Provisioning


SMSRouter supports range-based service number provisioning. This feature enables Operators to
configure a large number of service numbers with reduced effort using the length qualifier.
On the basis of service numbers, SMSRouter can bind multiple sessions for a single ESME account. This
feature is used to configure multiple ESME applications to a single account. The number of applications
can be fixed during the bind request of SMPP accounts. The system can configure a maximum of 200
service numbers for a single ESME account.
Example:

5 - 60

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Users can subscribe to an application for ring tones, jokes, news, and stock alerts. To subscribe for ring
tones, the application can have multiple service numbers ranging from 5000- 5099. This indicates that the
first service number of the range is 5000 and the maximum length of the service number is four. Based on
the maximum length defined, the SMSRouter system automatically defines the last service number of the
range (in this case it is 5099).
To configure range based service number provisioning:

ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account

Enter the required field values in Add New Account screen. (For more information, refer to the

Table: Add New Account


Click Continue. (Refer to Figure: : Add ESME Account)

Figure 5-47: Add Multiple Service Numbers

Enter the service number of the application in Service Number (in the example given above,

the service number is entered as 5000).


Enter the maximum length of the service number in Max Length (in the example given above, the
Max. Length is entered as 4).
Click Done.

Binary Messages (UDH) Barring


This option is used to intercept and reject all the binary messages (such as ring tones, picture messages,
Operator logo) originating from applications.
To enable User Data Header (UDH) barring:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account
Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 61N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-48: UDH Barring

To intercept and reject binary messages, select No in Binary Allowed.

SMPP Outbind Sessions


SMSRouter supports SMPP outbind sessions. This feature allows SMSRouter to send a signal to the
ESME to originate a bind_receiver request. SMSRouter establishes a network connection with a
configured IP and port to initiate an outbind SMPP session with an ESME. After connecting with the
ESME, SMSRouter sends a outbind request to connect to the ESME. The ESME responds with a
bind_receiver request. SMSRouter sends a bind_receiver_resp request. The characteristics of an

5 - 62

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

established SMPP session are similar to a normal SMPP receiver session. Depending on the account
type, the Operator can enable this feature and configure one IP and port pair per account.

Example:
SMSRouter can use this feature to deliver large message volumes to ESME during televoting and
broadcasting election results.
To enable SMPP outbind sessions:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account
Select Account Type as Send and Receive.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 63N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-49: Enable SMPP Outbind

Select Yes in Outbind Enable. (This field is enabled only if the Account Type is Send and

Receive.)
Enter the IP address of the ESME application connecting with SMSRouter in Outbind Host.
Enter the port number of the ESME application connecting with SMSRouter in Outbind Port.

5 - 64

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
For other field descriptions, refer to Creating ESME
Accounts.

5.4.6 Store and Forward Message Delivery


SMSRouter supports the store & forward approach for message delivery. SMSRouter can operate in the
following two modes:
Direct delivery is attempted for messages received from specific ESME accounts. If it fails,

messages are stored and retried based on the retry policy configured for the account. If retry
policy and error-based redirection is not defined for the account, retry is attempted based on the
default retry policy.
The store and forward enabled messages received from ESME accounts are recorded in the

secondary memory before attempting message delivery. If not delivered in the Direct Delivery
Attempt, delivery of messages is retried according to the retry policies configured for the
account.
If S&F is not configured, SMSRouter attempts to deliver the messages before storing the messages in the
database. Operators can enable the S&F functionality for specific accounts. The S&F feature is generally
enabled for messages that are not critical such as the promotional messages.
To enable store and forward for message delivery:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account

Enter the required field values in : Add ESME Account. (For more information, refer to the

Table: Add New Account.)

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 65N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-50: Store & Forward Enable

Select Yes in Store and Forward Enable to enable the store and forward functionality.

5.4.7 Viewing ESME Sessions


The ESME Session option is used to view the list of ESME applications connected to SMSRouter. if
required, the ESME application can be discconnected.
To view ESME sessions:

5 - 66

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

ESME Management > ESME Session

Figure 5-51: ESME Sessions

The columns of the list are described in the table below:

Table 5-10: Service Numbers

Column

Description

System ID

Login ID used to connect


SMSRouter

Session Type

Indicates the bind mode used to


connect to SMSRouter.
SMSRouter supports multiple
bind modes to cater to diverse
account types and messaging
needs of individual ESMEs. Bind
modes can be of the following
types:
Transmitter
Transceiver
Receiever

Node IP

IP address of the server on which


the ESME application is hosted.

Bind Time

Date and time of connection

Disconnect

Link to disconnect ESME


applications.
Source: Comviva

To disconnect a ESME application:


Click Disconnect to disconnect an application.

5.4.8 Distribution Lists


SMSRouter supports submission of short messages to multiple recipients through SUBMIT-MULTISM
packets. Each packet can have a maximum of 254 destinations including the distribution list defined in the

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 67N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

ESME account. SMSRouter supports a maximum of two groups per account. Each group can have
maximum of 20 destination addresses.

Figure 5-52: Messaging Multiple Recipients

Example:
The ESME application of a bank can send salary credit alerts to the employees of an organization through
SMSRouter.
This option is used by ESME applications to form a group of subscribers for sending messages in bulk. A
maximum of two distribution lists can be created for each application account. Each distribution list can
contain a maximum of 25 MSISDNs. An application can send the name of the Distribution list in a
submit_multi message. The submitted message is transmitted to all the MSISDNs in the Distribution list.
This option is used to:
View Distribution Lists
Add Groups
Edit Groups
Delete Groups

Viewing Distribution Lists


The Distribution List option is used to view the existing distribution lists.

5 - 68

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

To view the existing distribution lists:


ESME Management > Distribution List

Figure 5-53: Distribution List

The screen displays the ID assigned to the application account and the names of the distribution group
created for the application.

Creating Distribution Lists


The Add Distribution Lists option is used to create new groups or distribution lists for applications.
To create a group for an application:
ESME Management > Distribution List >Add Distribution List

Figure 5-54: Add Distribution List

Select the application account for which distribution lists is to be created from the Account

Name list.
Enter a name for the first distribution list in Distribution List1.
Enter a name for the second distribution list in Distribution List 2.
Click Add.
After defining the group or distribution list names, add the MSISDNs to each Distribution List.

To add MSISDNs to a distribution list:


Select the Distribution list/Group name. (Refer to Figure : Distribution List)
Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 69N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-55: Edit Distribution List

Select the TON (Destination) and NPI (Destination) values from the drop-down lists.
Enter the MSISDNs to be added in the group.
Click Add.
Click Save.

To delete a MSISDN from the distribution list:


Select the MSISDN to be deleted. To select multiple MSISDNs, press <Control> and select
multiple MSISDNs.
Click Remove.
Click Save.

To delete all the MSISDNs from the distribution list:


Click Delete Group.

5.4.9 Ports
The Ports option lists all the SMPP, CIMD and UCP ports that are used by applications to connect to
SMSRouter server.
To view the ports:

ESME Management > Ports

5 - 70

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-56: Ports

The screen displays the list of SMPP, CIMD and UCP ports.

5.4.10 Management of Service Numbers


Service numbers are the short codes configured for client applications. Operators can associate service
numbers with the system ID of client applications to avoid overlap in the allocation of service numbers to
different client applications.
The System Administrator can perform the following operations:
View service numbers
Edit service numbers
Delete service numbers

Viewing Service Numbers


The Service Number option lists the service numbers that are assigned to clients authorized to transmit
messages through SMSRouter.
To view service numbers:

ESME Management > Service Numbers

Figure 5-57: View Service Numbers


Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 71N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
By default, 25 entries are displayed on the Service
Numbers screen.

The following table lists the fields of the Service Numbers screen.

Table 5-11: Service Numbers

Field

Description

Validation

Allowed Sender

Short code assigned to a specific


ESME account.

NA

System ID

System ID of client application.

NA

Length

Maximum length of the service


number.

NA

Standard Reply

Default response sent to the


service request senders.

NA

Failure Reply

Standard response sent to the


users when the application is
busy or not connected.

NA

Edit

Used to edit the service number


details.

NA

Delete

Used to delete the service


number.

NA
Source: Comviva

Modifying Service Numbers


Existing service numbers can be modified.
To change service numbers:
ESME Management > Service Numbers

5 - 72

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-58: Service Numbers - Edit

Click Edit to edit the service number.

Figure 5-59: Edit Service Number

Change the required field values.


Click Update to save the changes.

Deleting Service Numbers


To delete service numbers:

ESME Management > Service Numbers

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 73N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-60: Service Numbers - Delete

Click Delete to delete the given service numbers. A pop-up window appears to reconfirm the

operation.
Click OK to confirm deletion.

5.4.11 Canned Messages


The Operators can create pre-defined messages and store in the SMSRouter database. These messages
are known as canned messages. A message ID is automatically assigned when a new canned message is
created. The Operator shares the message IDs with the ESMEs. Whenever a canned message is to be
sent by an ESME, only the message ID is sent by the ESME submit_sm packet instead of sending the
entire message repeatedly to SMSRouter server. The SMSRouter server maps the ID with the
corresponding message and sends the message to the destination addresses.

Example:
SMSRouter can create a Happy New Year greeting and share the ID of the greeting with the ESMEs.
Instead of sending the greetings repeatedly, the ESME can send the ID of greeting message to
SMSRouter. This saves on network resources and cuts down on costs since message transmission
through SS7 links is costlier.

Viewing Canned Messages


The Canned Message option is used to view the existing canned messages stored in the database.
To view canned messages:
Rules Management > Canned Message

5 - 74

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-61: Canned Messages

Creating New Messages


The Add New Message option is used to add new canned messages. A canned message can have a
maximum of 160 characters. A message ID is automatically assigned when a new canned message is
created.
To add a new message:
Rules Management > Canned Message > Add New Message

Figure 5-62: Add Canned Message

Canned Message: Enter the message text. The message text should not be more then 160

characters.
Click Done to save the changes.

Note
Each canned message is assigned a message ID.
A maximum of only 254 canned messages can be
stored (excluding canned message numbers 0 and
255).

Deleting Canned Messages


Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 75N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

You can delete the existing canned messages.


To delete a canned message:
Rules Management > Canned Message

Figure 5-63: Canned Messages

Click Delete to delete a given canned message. A dialog box pops-up to re-confirm the

operation.
Click OK.

5.4.12 Query Status of Messages


This option is used to query the delivery status of messages transmitted by the ESME.
To query the delivery status of a message:
Message Management > Query Status

Figure 5-64: Query Status

Enter the following details:


From Date and To Date: Select the period for which the query is to be performed.
From Time and To Time: Select the time for which the query is to be performed.

5 - 76

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Source: Enter the source address of the message entity. This can be a short code or an

MSISDN and it allows you to perform the query for a particular SME.
Destination: Enter the destination address of the message.
Status: Delivery status of the message. Status can be:
Error:

Select to view the status of unsuccessful/undelivered message transmissions.

Success:
All:

Select to view the status of the successful messages.

Select to view the status of the successful and unsuccessful messages.

Pending:

Select to view the status of the pending messages.

Select the node ID of SMSRouter from Node ID list.


Click Show Details to view the query result.

Figure 5-65: Query Details for All Messages

The following fields are displayed on the Query Details screen:


Arrival Date/Time: Date and time of transmitting the message.
Source: Source address of the SME.
Destination: Destination address of the SME.
Status: Message status: Pending, Permanent, Expired or Time-out.
Node ID: ID of the SMSRouter server for which the status report is generated.
Detail:Reason for pending status of messagesl
Delete:Used to delete pending messages

Query Error Messages


Select Error on the Query Status screen to view the status of failed messages.

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 77N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-66: Query Status for Failed Messages

Figure 5-67: Query Details for Error Messages

Note
For field descriptions, refer to Figure : Query
Details for All Messages

Query Successful Messages


Select Success on the Query Status screen to view the status of successfully sent messages.

5 - 78

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-68: Query Details for Successful Messages

Note
For field descriptions, refer to Figure : Query
Details for All Messages.

5.4.13 Application-Originated SMSRouter Features


SMSRouter interfaces with External Short Message Entities over SMPP (version 3.3. and 3.4) and UCP
(version 4.0). SMSRouter functionalities with respect to ESME applications are discussed in the
subsequent sections:

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 79N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-69: SMPP Connectivity to SMSRouter

5.4.14 Account Types


SMSRouter supports different types of ESME clients to provide different messaging modes. SMSRouter
supports two types of accounts:

Send Only
ESMEs can use SMSRouter to send messages. An ESME that opts for a Send Only account is not
authorized to receive messages from an application or a mobile station.

Example:
ESMEs that send promotional messages, awareness messages, jokes, news alerts, and cricket scores to
subscribers.

Send and Receive


ESMEs that opt for a Send and Receive Account can bind (connect) to SMSRouter in three modes. For
more information on the bind modes, refer to Bind Modes .
Example:
ESMEs that send contest questions to subscribers and receive answers for the questions through
SMSRouter.

5 - 80

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

5.4.15 Bind Modes


SMSRouter supports multiple bind modes to cater to diverse account types and messaging needs of
individual ESMEs.
Transmitter Mode: In the Transmitter bind mode, ESMEs can only transmit or send mobile or

application-terminated messages to SMSRouter. The mode is selected by ESMEs when


message Delivery reports are not required. For example, the transmitter mode is used for
promotional messages sent by ESMEs.
Receiver Mode: By establishing a connection with SMSRouter in the Receiver mode, ESMEs

can only receive application-originated or mobile-originated messages from SMSRouter. For


example, the receiver mode is used by ESMEs to receive requests for ring tones, cricket
scores, stock alerts, and account balance enquiries from subscribers.
Transceiver Mode: In the Transceiver bind mode, ESMEs can send and receive messages

from SMSRouter over a single session. When an application needs to send messages and
receive response for the sent messages, the transceiver mode is used. For example,
applications such as Who wants to be a Millionaire push contest questions to subscribers and
receive answers for the delivered questions.

Figure 5-70: ESME Connectivity Modes

Note
For UCP connections, only Send and Receive
account types are applicable.

5.4.16 Message Throttling


SMSRouter offers an effective flow control mechanism for the messages submitted by ESMEs. This flow
control mechanism helps in effective traffic management. The mechanism insulates networks from
Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 81N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

dramatic and sudden surges in messaging traffic by controlling the mobile-originated short message
submission rates without degrading the overall system performance. SMSRouter configures the threshold
for accepting short messages. All messages beyond the threshold level are dropped.
The Operator configures the Message Per Second limit for ESME accounts. Refer to the Creating ESME
Accounts menu to set threshold limits.

Figure 5-71: Message Throttling

5.4.17 Message Concatenation


Message content should be formatted suitably for proper SMS protocol transfer. SMSRouter supports
message concatenation as specified in GSM 3.40 SMS specifications. Using this method, long messages
are split into smaller messages by SMSRouter and recombined at the destination.

Figure 5-72: Message Concatenation

Example:
Peter sends a message of 200 characters to Michael. SMSRouter splits the message into two parts. The
first part of the message contains 160 characters while the second part contains 40 characters. Both the
messages are recombined after delivering to subscriber B.

5.4.18 Message Length


SMSRouter defines the maximum length of messages that can be accepted from each application.
Messages transmitted by an ESME that exceed the pre-defined maximum length are either rejected by
SMSRouter or auto-truncated (to the defined length) and delivered. The Operator can configure the
maximum permissible length of messages. Refer to the Message Length field of the Creating ESME
Accounts menu to configure message length. On the basis of the Message Acceptance Criterion,
messages are either truncated to a permissible length or rejected.

5 - 82

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 5-73: Message Truncation

Figure 5-74: Message Rejection

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

5 - 83N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

5 - 84

Application-to-Mobile Messaging

6 Mobile-to-Application
Messaging
SMSRouter enables SMS exchange between mobile stations and applications. This message
exchange is referred to Mobile Originated-Application Terminated (MO-AT) messaging.

6.1 Call Flows


Direct Delivery
The sequential flow diagram depicting the Direct Delivery of MO-AT message is as follows:

Figure 6-1: MO-AT Messaging - Direct Delivery

1. The MS sends the Short Message (SM) to the MSC.


2. The MSC sends the SM to SMSRouter using the Forward Short Message (FSM)
operation.
3. SMSRouter sends the outcome of the FSM operation to the MSC.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6-1

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

4. The MSC returns the outcome of the Mobile Originated-Short Message (MO-SM)
operation to the MS.
5. SMSRouter sends the data_sm packet to ESME.
6. The ESME acknowledges the delivery and sends a data_sm response to SMSRouter.
7. SMSRouter sends a Delivery report to the MS.
DDA Failure Forwarding
The sequential flow diagram depicting the DDA failure forwarding of MO-AT message is as follows:

Figure 6-2: MO-AT Messaging - Redirection

1. The MS sends the Short Message (SM) to the MSC.


2. The MSC sends the SM to SMSRouter using the Forward Short Message (FSM)
operation.
3. SMSRouter sends the outcome of the FSM operation to the MSC.
4. The MSC returns the outcome of the Mobile Originated-Short Message (MO-SM)
operation to the MS.
5. Based on the rules configured for the ESME account, SMSRouter forwards the SM to the
SMSC.
6. The SMSC acknowledges the SM delivery and sends a Delivery report to SMSRouter.
7. SMSRouter sends a Delivery report to the MSC.
8. The MSC delivers the message delivery status to the originating MS.

6-2

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

6.2 Configuring Built-in Features for MO - AT Messaging


The features discussed in the subsequent sections are configured at the system level in SMSRouter.

6.2.1 Message Handling


MO-AT messages are the mobile originated messages for application accounts. MO messages are sent to
the ESME server, which forwards messages to the destination application accounts. If the destination
application is not connected, the message is buffered and sent to the application whenever connection
with the application is established. Messages are buffered till the maximum queue size (currently set to 10k
messages per account) is reached. Operators can configure a failure reply to be send to the message
sender when delivery to the application fails. The message sender is sent a delivery status notification if
the sender has requested for the service.
Example:
Peter sends a message to Indiatimes.com. The message is forwarded to the ESME server. The ESME
server forwards the message to Indiatimes.com over SMPP/CIMD2/UCP based on the protocol used
between the application and SMSRouter or SMSC.

6.2.2 Binary Message Support


SMS messages can contain binary data. A binary SMS message can have up to 140 bytes of data.
The data can be split into two parts:
User Data Header (UDH)
Actual data

SMSRouter handles the following types of binary messages:


Multipart Messages: If the message length is greater than 160 characters (as per MAP
specification) SMSRouter splits the message into several parts and delivers the message.
Each message is spilt in two parts:
User

data header (UDH): Contains seven characters

Actual

data: Contains 153 characters

6.2.3 Large Message Buffer Pool


SMSRouter has a large message buffer pool and can store up to 200,000 of messages (configurable) for
direct delivery. SMSRouter can store a maximum of 1 million messages for retries. Operators can
configure the message count for direct deliveries and retries. The system buffers incoming messages for
retry attempts when there are minor problems in the Operators network. Once the threshold limit is
crossed, SMSRouter rejects incoming messages through MO and AO channels.

Note
The maximum buffer size is based on the operating
system and hardware memory constraints.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 3N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

6.2.4 Direct Delivery Attempts (DDA)


The SMSRouter system attempts direct delivery of messages to destination mobiles. If a direct delivery
attempt is not successful, SMSRouter redirects messages to a Fallback SMSC. This mechanism saves on
network/hardware/software resources used in a conventional network platform.

Example:
Peter sends a message to the American Idol application. On receiving the message, SMSRouter
immediately delivers the message to American Idol application. If American Idol application is not
connected, SMSRouter redirects the message to the secondary SMSC.

6.3 Configuring SMSRouter Web GUI for MO-AT Messaging


The following features are configured from the Web GUI for MO-AT messaging.

6.3.1 Generation of Delivery Reports


In case of MO-AT messages, SMSRouter supports streaming back of Delivery reports. On receiving a
message, the application sends a data_sm acknowledgement to SMSRouter, which sends a Delivery
report to the source mobile. If the message validity has expired, SMSRouter drops the message from the
queue and sends a failure report to the mobile.
SMSRouter also supports the generation of fake Delivery reports for MO-AT messages. Fake delivery
reports can be set on a per account basis. If an ESME is unable to respond to a sudden burst of
messages, a fake Delivery report helps in controlling repeated message delivery attempts.
To enable or disable Delivery reports:

Service Management> Service Parameter

6-4

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-3: Service Parameters

Table 6-1: Service Parameter

Field
Blocking of Delivery
Report

Description
Used to enable or disable
Delivery reports. Select to stop
the generation of Delivery
reports.

Validations
NA

Example: Select the field during


high network congestion during
festivals.
Blocking of Handling
Multipart Messages

Used to enable to disable the


delivery of messages in multiple
parts. Select to disable splitting
messages.

NA

Example: Select the field in case


of long text and picture
messages.
GD Interface Flag

Used to enable or disable


message delivery over the GPRS
network.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

NA

6 - 5N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 6-1: Service Parameter

Field
Retry Attempts (In Sec)

Description

Validations

Time interval, in seconds,

Numeric

message retry attempts.

Minimum

length is three digits

There is only one retrial per


message.
Route Application
Terminated Message

List of Fallback SMSCs to route


all application-terminated
messages.

NA

Max Length of Short


Code

Maximum length of short code.

Numeric
Minimum

length is two characters

Maximum

length is 10 characters

Max Message Length

Maximum length of MO
messages.

Numeric

Flash Message Enable


Flag

Indicates whether or not flash


messages are to be sent to
subscribers. Flash messages are
sent when the SIM storage
capacity of the mobile is full and
message delivery fails.

NA

Flash Message

Content of the flash message to


be sent.

Alphanumeric

Translation Type

Indicates the type of translation


for Global Title translation.
Values can be:

NA

- Unknown

[1-63]:InternationalServices

[64 127] - Spare

[128 254] - Spare

Numbering Plan(NP)

255 - Reserved

Indicates the numbering plan of


the MSISDN. NPI can be of the
following types:

NA

E164
X121
TELEX
NATIONAL
PRIVATE
ERMES
EXTENSION

6-6

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 6-1: Service Parameter

Field

Description

Validations

Store & Forward Enable

Indicates whether or not


SMSRouter should store and
forward messages if Direct
Delivery Attempt fails.

NA

Anti Spoofing Enable

Spoofing is the process of


translating the IP or MSISDN
address of a given packet so that
SMSRouter assumes that the
request came from a trusted
source. Anti-Spoofing
(abbreviated A-S or AS) is a
method of denying the IP or
MSISDN address, which are not
from trusted source. This field
indicates whether or not anti
spoofing is enabled. If enabled,
SMSRouter sends a SRI query to
the HLR. On receiving the SRI
response, SMSRouter validates
the IMSI and VMSC in the
message against the IMSI and
VMSC in the SRI response.

NA

Override Reply Path

Indicates whether or not


subscribers can respond to a
message through the same
service center.

NA

Deferred Short Code

SMSRouter supports deferred


delivery of messages. On
receiving a message scheduled
for delivery to a short code with
deferred delivery set (in the
scheduled_delivery_time
parameter in the message PDU)
to a future date and time,
SMSRouter stores the message
in the secondary memory. It
attempts to deliver the message
at the scheduled date and time.

Valid short code

Source: Comviva

To enable/disable Delivery reports, select/clear Blocking of Delivery Report.


Click Done to save the changes.

6.4 Dynamic Configuration of Rules

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 7N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

SMSRouter supports dynamic configuration of rules, thus helping the Operator to configure rules to handle
messages more effectively based on the traffic situation and other requirements without any system
restarts or downtime. SMSRouter supports TCP based re-direction. TCP/IP links are cheaper than SS7
resources and the bandwidth over TCP/IP is higher than over SS7. TCP/IP works out to be a flexible and
cost-effective solution to manage message bursts. In case of delivery failure, messages are forwarded to
the SMSC for further retries over TCP/IP.
SMSRouter stores the configured rules in the database. After configuring the rules through the Web-based
GUI, SMSRouter applies the rules to redirect/reject messages handled by the system.
The following table lists all the rules defined in SMSRouter:

Table 6-2: Rules Definition

Rule

6-8

Definition

Scenarios/Examples

Source MSISDN Barring

Bars the source MSISDN from


accessing SMSRouter.

Operator Sigmatel bars the


messages from the MSISDN
series 9198450, which belongs
to the Operator Singtel to prevent
Singtel subscribers from using
Sigmatels SMSC.

Source VMSC and Source


MSISDN Barring

Bars message originating from a


specific VMSC and MSISDN.

Operator can bar a subscriber


from sending messages when
the subscriber is roaming and
sending message from a specific
VMSC +919890081109. This is
done mainly to save cost on
roaming links.

Source VMSC-based Charging

Charging for messages is done


on the basis of originating
VMSC.

Subscriber A (+919810012345)
is not charged for sending
message from VMSC
+919811012439. The same
subscriber is charged for sending
message when roaming in the
VMSC +919811012437.

Source VMSC Barring

Reject all the messages


originating from a specific VMSC
address.

Subscriber A from Sigmatel


network tries to send messages
after changing the service center
number to Singtel while roaming
in Singapore. Singtel can block
the source VMSC of Subscriber
A to prevent unauthorized
access.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 6-2: Rules Definition

Rule
Source IMSI Barring

Definition
Block messages based on the
source IMSI. Using this rule,
messages received from an
MSISDN whose IMSI or IMSI
range is blacklisted are rejected.

Scenarios/Examples
Operators can bar a specific
IMSI series instead of barring a
set of MSISDN series from
sending messages to avoid
spam ming and unauthorized
access.
Example: Sigmatel bars the
prepaid IMSI series 9798450
from sending international SMS
messages.

PID Barring

Bars all the messages with a


given protocol ID.

To prevent network congestion,


SMSRouter of Singtel Operator,
bars all Em ail messages sent
from MSISDNs.

PID Redirection

SMSRouter offers a flexible


routing mechanism where
routing can be based on the PID
of MO messages. This helps the
Operator to effectively manage
the associated messaging
infrastructure.

Instead of direct delivery,


SMSRouter of Maxtel redirects
the Fax messages received by
the system to a different SMSC
or SMSRouter node configured
in the Redirection list.

Source VMSC Redirection

Used to route messages based


on the source VMSC address of
mobile originated messages.
This helps the Operator to
effectively manage the
associated messaging
infrastructure. This rule is useful
especially when SMSRouter
serves subscribers of multiple
Circles. Operators can create as
many rules as required to
effectively utilize the configured
Fallback SMSCs/SMSRouters.

A Maxtel subscriber from India


visits UK and latches onto
Orange UK network. The
susbcriber tries to send through
SMSRouter of Orange network.
SMSRouter of Orange does not
support charging for prepaid
subscribers. Hence it redirects all
the messages to SMSC of
Orange for charging.

UDH Based Redirection

Redirects all messages with


UDH content to a Fallback
SMSC. This rule can also be
configured in combination with a
source and destination MSISDN.

Singtel configures a rule to


redirect all binary messages to a
Fallback SMSC to avoid
SMSRouter congestion as binary
messages are heavy in size.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 9N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 6-2: Rules Definition

Rule
Time -based Redirection

Definition

Scenarios/Examples

Redirects messages received in


a given period to the Redirection
list.

Operators face the challenge of


distributing high message
volumes during peak hours of the
day or on special days such as
on New Year Eve, Christmas,
and other local festivals.
Operator can configure rules to
flexibly route messages to other
SMSRouter/SMSC nodes during
a given day of the year/time of
day. This helps in effectively
managing the SMS infrastructure
and improving the quality of
service and customer
experience.

The

redirection is periodic:

Daily:

The time slot is defined.

Weekly:

The day of the week


and the time slot are defined.

Monthly:

The month, day of


the month and the time slot
are defined.

Yearly:

The year, month, day


and time slot are defined.

Source MSISDN-based
Redirection

Redirects all messages


originating from a MSISDN/
MSISDN series to the
Redirection list.

Three SMSCs (Huwaeii SMSC,


Comverse SMSC and Ericsson
SMSC) are connected to
SMSRouter of Maxtel. The
Operator configures a rule to
redirect all messages originating
from MSISDN series 98670 to
Comverse SMSC.

Source MSISDN and Source


TON-NPI Combination
Redirection

Redirects messages based on


source MSISDN/MSISDN series
in combination with the message
TON and NPI.

Operator can define a rule to


redirect all messages sent from
an MSISDN with international
TON with a specific length to a
Fallback SMSC in the
Redirection list.

Source and Destination


MSISDN/ Short Code Barring

Bars message transfers from a


source MSISDN/MSISDN series
to a destination MSISDN/
MSISDN series or short codes.

Maxtel bars a specific MSISDN


series 919845 from sending
messages to a specific content
provider application, which
belongs to Sigmatel as both the
Operators does not have any
agreement for sharing of
revenue.

MO Relay

Used to redirect messages for a


particular series to other SMSCs
through SS7 network.

Sigmatel redirects all


international SMS messages to a
third-party SMSC over SS7 links.
Source: Comviva

6 - 10

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

6.4.1 Source VMSC-based Redirection Rules


Messages originating from a given source VMSC address can be redirected to specific Fallback SMSCs.
These rules help the Operators to handle incoming traffic efficiently with the available SMSC infrastructure.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

To configure source VMSC-based redirection rules:


Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 6-4: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source VMSC Redirection from the Rule Type list.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 11N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-5: Source VMSC Redirection

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:

Table 6-3: Add VMSC Redirection

Field

Description

Validation

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

Source VMSC Address*

Messages received from the


source VMSC with the specified
address are redirected to a given
SMSC in the Redirection list.

Action*

Indicates whether to redirect


messages.

NA

Redirection List *

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure, the messages are
redirected to the selected SMSC
in the Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA

Reason

Condition of implementing the


rule.

Maximum length is 50 characters

NA

Source: Comviva

Enter the address of the source VMSC in Source VMSC.


Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.

6 - 12

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.


Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the condition of implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

6.4.2 Source TON & NPI-based Redirection Rules


SMSRouter supports redirection based on the source Type of Number (TON) and Numbering Plan
Indicator (NPI). Operators can define a redirection path based on the TON and NPI received from the
network for source and destination addresses. These rules redirect messages originating from a specific
MSISDN/MSISDN series on the basis of their TON and NPI.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

To configure source MSISDN and source TON NPI -based redirection rules:
Rules Management>Rules Configuration

Figure 6-6: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source MSISDN and Source TON NPI from the Rule Type list.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 13N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-7: Source MSISDN and Source TON-NPI Combination Redirection

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:

Table 6-4: Source MSISDN and Source TON-NPI Combination Redirection

Field

Description

Validation

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Source MSISDN *

Address of the source MSISDN.

Valid mobile number/series

Source TON *

TON of the source MSISDN.

NA

Source NPI *

NPI of the source MSISDN.

NA

Min Length *

Minimum length of the source


MSISDN.

Valid mobile number/series

Action*

Whether or not to redirect the


messages.

NA

Redirection List *

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure, the message is redirected
to the selected SMSC in the
Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA

Reason

Condition of implementing the


rule.

Maximum length is 50 characters


Source: Comviva

6 - 14

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Enter the address of the MSISDN in Source MSISDN.


Select the TON of the source MSISDN.
Select the NPI of the source MSISDN.
Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.
Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.
Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the condition of implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

6.4.3 Source MSISDN - based Redirection (SMBR) Rules


The SMBR rules redirect all the messages originating from a given MSISDN or MSISDN series to a
Redirection list.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

To configure the source MSISDN-based redirection rules:


Rules Management>Rules Configuration

Figure 6-8: Rules List

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 15N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Click Add Rule.


Select Source MSISDN Based Redirection from the Rule Type list.

Figure 6-9: Add Rule Source MSISDN Based Redirection

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:

Table 6-5: Source MSISDN Based Redirection

Field

Description

Validation

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Source MSISDN *

All the messages originating from


the MSISDN are redirected to a
Fallback SMSC.

Numeric

Action*

Redirect messages from the


MSISDN to the Redirection list.

NA

Redirection List*

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure, messages are redirected
to the selected SMSC in the
Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA

Reason

Condition in which the rule is to


be implemented.

Maximum length is 50 characters

Maximum

length is 15 digits

Source: Comviva

Enter the originating MSISDN in Source MSISDN.


Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.

6 - 16

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.


Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the condition of implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

6.4.4 Time-based Traffic Management


Rules can be configured to distribute the load on SMSRouter by defining the time for message redirection.
Messages are redirected to the Fallback SMSC configured in the Redirection list after a specific time
periods (configurable).
Message redirection can be configured to take place:
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Yearly

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules
Definition.
To configure time-based redirection rules:
Rules Management>Rules Configuration

Figure 6-10: Rules List

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 17N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Click Add Rule.


Select Time Based Redirection from the Rule Type list.

The Add Rule screen changes as per the Time Frequency selected as shown below:

Time Frequency - Daily

Figure 6-11: TBR (Daily)

Time Frequency - Weekly

Figure 6-12:TBR (Weekly)

6 - 18

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Time Frequency - Monthly

Figure 6-13: TBR (Monthly)

Time Frequency - Yearly

Figure 6-14: TBR (Yearly)

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:
Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 19N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 6-6: Add Rule-Time Based Rule

Field

Description

Validation

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Source MSISDN

All the messages originating from


the MSISDN are redirected to a
Fallback SMSC.

Numeric

Destination MSISDN

All the messages for the


MSISDN are redirected to a
Fallback SMSC.

Numeric

Time Duration*

Time duration for which


messages are redirected. The
time is set in hh:mm format.

Time

Time Frequency*

Frequency of message
redirection:

NA

Maximum

Maximum

length is 15 digits

length is 15 digits

should be given in the


24-hour format.

Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Yearly

Week Days*

Days of the week on which the


messages would be redirected.

The

field appears when the


Time Frequency is set to
Weekly.

Day of Month*

Day of the month on which the


messages would be redirected.

Numeric
Maximum

length is 2 digits

The

field appears when the


Time Frequency is set to
Monthly.

6 - 20

Day of Year*

Day and month of a year on


which the messages would be
redirected.

The field appears when the Time


Frequency is set to Yearly.

Start Date*

Date from when the rule is


activated.

NA

End Date*

Date till when the rule is active.

NA

Action*

Indicates whether or not to


redirect messages for the
MSISDN to the selected
Redirection list.

NA

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 6-6: Add Rule-Time Based Rule

Field

Description

Validation

Redirection List*

List of Fallback SMSCs. In the


event of message delivery
failure, messages are redirected
to the selected SMSC in the
Redirection list.

NA

Rule Status*

Activate or deactivate a rule.

NA

Reason

Condition in which the rule is to


be implemented.

Maximum length is 50 characters


Source: Comviva

Note
It is mandatory to enter either source or destination
MSISDN.
Enter the originating MSISDN in Source MSISDN.
Enter the destination MSISDN in Destination MSISDN.
Enter the duration (in Hour: Minute format) for which the rule is active in Time Duration.
Select the frequency of message redirection in Time Frequency:
Daily:

Select to redirect messages daily.

Weekly:

Select to redirect messages on a weekly basis:

Select the days on which you want to redirect messages in Week Days.

Monthly:

Yearly:

Select to redirect messages on a specific date each month.

Enter the date in Day of Month.


Select to redirect messages every year on a given date.

Select

the month and date using Day of Year.

Select the start date of message redirection in Start Date.


Select the end date of message redirection in End Date.
Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.
Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.
Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the condition of implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

Multiple rules cannot be defined for a given time duration and frequency.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 21N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-15: Rule Already Exists

6.4.5 Flexible Routing Rules


SMSRouter has flexible routing rules that are used to achieve optimal routing to enhance QoS, and capital
and operational expenditures. SMSRouter supports the following routing capabilities:
MSISDN-based routing (SS7& TCP-IP based protocols) (For more information on MSISDN-

based routing rules, refer to Source MSISDN - based Redirection (SMBR) Rules rules.)
VLR-based routing (SS7 &TCP-IP based protocols) (For more information on VLR-based

routing rules, refer to Source VMSC-based Redirection Rules rules.)


Protocol Identifier data (PID) based routing (TCP-IP based protocols)
User Data Header (UDH) based routing (TCP-IP based protocols)

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

PID-based Redirection Rules


Routing can be based on the PID of MO and AO messages.
To configure the rules:
Rules Management>Rules Configuration

6 - 22

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-16: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select PID Redirection from the Rule Type list.

Figure 6-17: PID Redirection

The fields of the screen are described in the table below:

Table 6-7: PID Redirection

Field
PID Number*

Description
Messages with the selected
protocol ID are redirected.

Validation
Range:

0 - 255

Numeric
Maximum

length is 21 digits

Enter the protocol ID message in PID Number.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 23N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
For information on the remaining field descriptions
and steps to configure the rule, refer to Source
MSISDN - based Redirection (SMBR) Rules.

UDH-based Redirection (UBR) Rules


Messages set with the UDH (User Data Header) flag are redirected to the Redirection list. The rules can be
configured in combination with a source and destination MSISDN. For all binary messages, the UDH flag is
automatically set by the handset.
To configure UDH-based redirection rules:

Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 6-18: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select UDH Redirection from the Rule Type list.

6 - 24

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-19: UDH Based Redirection

Note
For information on the field descriptions and steps
to configure the rule, refer to Source MSISDN based Redirection (SMBR) Rules.

6.4.6 Black/White List Support Rules


The SMSRouter system can configure the following rules to bar MSISDNs and applications from sending
and receiving messages as explained below:
Source MSISDN Barring Rules
Source MSISDN and Destination MSISDNs/Short Code Barring Rules
Protocol Identifier Data (PID) Barring Rules
Source VMSC Barring Rules
Source IMSI Barring Rules
Source VMSC and Source MSISDN Barring Rules

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 25N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Source MSISDN Barring Rules


These rules are used to bar source MSISDNs/ MSISDN series. If barred, the MSISDNs/MSISDN series
cannot use SMSRouter messaging service. These rules are applicable to MO-MT and MO-AT messages.
Barring can of the following two types:
Series Barring: Operators can bar a range of MSISDNs. For example, all the MSISDNs of a
given series can be barred. Operators can unbar a given MSISDN within the barred series. In
addition, MSISDNs that start with a given number can be unbarred.
MSISDN Barring: Specific MSISDNs can be barred.

To configure source MSISDN barring rules:


Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 6-20: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source MSISDN Barring from the Rule Type list.

6 - 26

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-21: Source MSISDN Barring

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:

Table 6-8: Source MSISDN Barring

Field

Description

Validations

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Source MSISDN*

All the messages originating from


the MSISDN are barred from
accessing SMSRouter.

Numeric

Action*

Action to be taken:

NA

Maximum

length is 15 digits

Allowed:

Allow the source


MSISDN to receive messages from SMSRouter.

Barred:

Bar the source


MSISDN from receiving messages from SMSRouter.

Status of the rule. Status can be:

Rule Status*

NA

Active
Inactive

Reason

Reason for barring the source


MSISDN.

Maximum 50 characters
Source: Comviva

Enter the MSISDN to be barred in Source MSISDN.


Select the action to be taken:
Allowed:
Barred:

Allow the MSISDN to send messages to SMSRouter.

Bar the MSISDN from sending messages to SMSRouter.

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the reason for barring the MSISDN.


Click Done to save the changes.

Source MSISDN and Destination MSISDNs/Short Code Barring Rules


These rules bar message transmissions from a source MSISDN/MSISDN series to a destination MSISDN/
MSISDN series or application short codes.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 27N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

To configure source MSISDN and destination MSISDN/short code barring rules:

Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 6-22: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source & Destination MSISDN/Short Code Barring from the Rule Type list.

Figure 6-23: Source and Destination MSISDN/Short Code Barring

Enter the MSISDN sending messages in Source MSISDN.


Enter the MSISDN to which messages are sent in Destination MSISDN.
Select the destination type in Destination Type list. Destination types can be:

6 - 28

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Destination

MSISDN: If selected, messages are allowed/barred to a given MSISDN/


MSISDN series.

Destination

Short Code: If selected, messages are allowed/barred to a given short

codes.
Select the action to be taken in Action:
Allowed:
Barred:

Allow messages from the source MSISDN to the destination MSISDN.

Bar the source MSISDN from sending messages to the destination MSISDN.

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the reason for barring the MSISDN/short code(s).


Click Done to save the changes.

Protocol Identifier Data (PID) Barring Rules


Used to block messages from applications on the basis of the Protocol Identifier Data (PID) of the
application. A unique PID is used to identify the applications that send fax and mail messages. A unique
protocol identifier identifies applications that sends fax, e-mail. These rules are applicable to MO-MT and MOAT messages.

To configure PID barring rules:


Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 6-24: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select PID Barring from the Rule Type list.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 29N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-25: PID Barring

Enter the protocol ID to be barred in PID Number.


Select the action to be taken using the Action list:
Allowed:
Barred:

Allow messages from the application with the specified PID to SMSRouter.

Bar messages from the application with the specified PID to SMSRouter.

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the reason for barring.


Click Done to save the changes.

Source VMSC Barring Rules


Rules can be configured to bar messages from a given VMSC address.
To configure source VMSC barring rules:
Rules Management > Rules Configuration

6 - 30

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-26: Rules List

Select Source VMSC Barring from the Rule Type list.


Click Add Rule.

Figure 6-27: Source VMSC Barring

The following table lists the fields of the Add Rule screen:

Table 6-9: Source VMSC Barring

Field

Description

Description

Rule Type*

Name of the rule to be


configured.

NA

Source VMSC*

Barred VMSC; Messages


originating from this VMSC are
not processed by SMSRouter.

Numeric
Special

characters and wild


cards are not allowed.

Maximum

Action*

Action to be taken:

length is 15 digits.

NA

Allowed:

Allow the specified VMSC to send messages to SMSRouter.

Barred:

Bar the specified


VMSC from sending messages to SMSRouter.

Rule Status*

Status of the rule. Status can be:

NA

Active
Inactive

Reason

Reason for barring the source


VMSC.

Maximum 50 characters
Source: Comviva

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 31N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Enter the VMSC number in Source VMSC.


Select the action to be taken:
Allowed:
Barred:

SMSRouter processes messages received from the specified VMSC

SMSRouter does not process the messages received from the specified

VMSC
Select the status of the rule from Rule Status.
Give the reason for barring the VMSC in Reason.
Click Done to save the changes.

Source IMSI Barring Rules


These rules block messages originating from a given IMSI/IMSI series. Using these rules, messages sent
from a given MSISDN with the blocked IMSI are rejected.
To configure source IMSI barring rules:

Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 6-28: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source IMSI Barring from the Rule Type list.

6 - 32

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-29: Source IMSI Barring

Enter the IMSI number in Source IMSI.


Select the type of action from the Action drop-down list. The action can be:

Allowed: Allow the specified IMSI to send messages

Barred: Bar the specified IMSI from sending messages

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status drop-down list. The status can be:

Active

Inactive

Enter the reason for barring the IMSI number.


Click Done to save the changes.

Source VMSC and Source MSISDN Barring Rules


These rules bar messages originating from specific VMSCs and MSISDNs.
To configure source VMSC and source MSISDN based barring rules:
Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 33N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-30: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source VMSC and Source MSISDN Based Barring from the Rule Type list.

Figure 6-31: Source VMSC and Source MSISDN Based Barring

Enter the VMSC sending messages in the Source VMSC.


Enter the MSISDN sending messages in the Source MSISDN.
Select the action to be taken in Action:
Allowed:

Allow messages from the source MSISDN and source VMSC to the
destination MSISDN.

Barred:

Bar the MSISDN and VMSC from sending messages to the destination
MSISDN.

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status list. Status can be:
Active:

Select Active to activate the rule.

Inactive:

Select Inactive to deactivate the rule.

Enter the reason for barring the MSISDN/short code(s).

6 - 34

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Click Done to save the changes.

6.4.7 MO Relay Rules


These rules enable the Operator to redirect messages for a given MSISDN/MSISDN series to other
SMSCs over the SS7 network.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

To configure MO relay rules:


Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 6-32: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select MO Relay from the Rule Type list.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 35N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-33: MO Relay

Enter the MSISDN to which messages are sent in Destination MSISDN. Messages sent to this

MSISDN are redirected to the SMSCs over the SS7 network.


Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.
Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.
Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status drop-down list. The status can be:

Active

Inactive

Enter the reason for implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

6.4.8 MSISDN-based SPAM Control Rules


Operators can black/white-list MSISDN/MSISDN series to control spam messages in the networks, which
results in network congestion and adversely impacts messaging delivery. MSISDNs are black-listed or
white-listed using the best match algorithm. The system can blacklist an entire MSISDN series or a specific
MSISDN.

Note
SMS spams are junk message delivered to a
mobile phone as text messages through the Short
Message Service.

Example:
SMSRouter can be configured to receive messages from the MSISDN series starting with 9198450 and
not receive messages from the MSISDN 919845012345.

6 - 36

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

For more information on how to black-list/white-list MSISDN/MSISDN series, refer to section Black/White
List Support Rules.

6.4.9

Source VMSC-based Charging Rules

Operators can define rules to charge subscribers for messages on the basis of the source VMSC.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition

To configure the source VMSC-based charging rules:


Rules Management > Rules Configuration

Figure 6-34: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Source VMSC based Charging Rules from the Rule Type list.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 37N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-35: Source VMSC Based Charging

Enter the source VMSC number in the Source VMSC.


Select Not Charged from the Action list to waive off charges for messages originating from the

VMSC.Select the type of action to be taken:


Not

Charged

Charged

Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status drop-down list. The status can be:

Active

Inactive

Enter the reason for implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

6.4.10 Application Terminated Message Redirection Rules


If a destination application is not connected to SMSRouter, SMSRouter redirects the AO messages
temporarily to a Redirection list.

Note
For information on rules, refer to Rules Definition.

To configure application terminated message redirection rules:


Rules Management > Rules Configuration

6 - 38

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-36: Rules List

Click Add Rule.


Select Application Terminated Message Redirection from the Rule Type list.

Figure 6-37: Application Terminated Message Redirection

Enter the short code of the application in Short Code. Messages sent to the specified short

code are redirected.


Select Redirect from the Action list to redirect messages to the Fallback SMSC selected in

Redirection List.
Select the Fallback SMSC from the Redirection List.
Select the status of the rule from the Rule Status drop-down list. The status can be:

Active

Inactive

Enter the reason for implementing the rule.


Click Done to save the changes.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 39N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

6.5 Account-based Retry Configuration


SMSRouter buffers and assigns retry schedules to messages undelivered on account of temporary
transmission errors (such as absent or busy subscriber). The retry schedule sets the number of attempts to
be made to deliver a message within a pre-defined period. If a retry policy is not defined for an ESME
account, the default retry policy is used for the account. Messages are retried on occurrence of any of the
following events:
Notification from HLR indicating the availability of a subscriber
Retry Time
Successful delivery of a new message
Any combination of the above

Figure 6-38: Retry Schedule

SMSRouter stops message redelivery if:


a negative acknowledgement indicating a permanent error is received from the MSC.
the message is manually deleted.
the message is overwritten by a new incoming message
the message expires.

Depending on the validity period of a message, SMSRouter makes up to ten attempts to ensure that the
message reaches its destination.

6.5.1 Viewing Account-based Retry Policies


The existing retry policies defined in the system can be viewed.
To view retry policies:
Rules Management > Retry Policy

6 - 40

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-39: Retry Policy

Select an account from the Account Name list to view the retry policies configured for the

account.
The following table lists the fields of the Retry Policy screen:

Table 6-10: Retry Policy

Field
Error Type

Description
GSM errors can be classified into
the following categories:
User

Error: Errors returned by


the GSM network

Provider

Error: Errors
returned by the Map stack

Internal

Errors: Errors
returned by the SMSC

Error Code

Each temporary error type has a


pre-configured error code.

Error Name

Name of the error.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 41N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 6-10: Retry Policy

Field
Attempts

Description
Number of attempts made to
deliver the message at preconfigured intervals. Depending
on the validity period of the
message, SMSRouter makes a
maximum number of ten
attempts to ensure that the
message reaches its destination.
The System Administrators can
define the retry parameters for
each error.
Source: Comviva

6.5.2 Configuring Account-based Retry Policies


The Add Retry Policy option is used to configure new retry policies.
To add new retry policies:
Rules Management > Retry Policy > Add Retry Policy

Figure 6-40: Add Retry Policy

6 - 42

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
For field descriptions, refer to the Retry Policy
table.

Error Name: Select the error for which a retry policy is to be defined.
Retry Attempts: Enter the retry interval period for each attempt. The retry interval should be in

seconds.
Click Done to save the changes.

Note
The retry intervals can be defined for different
errors.

6.5.3 Deleting Retry Policies


You can delete the existing retry policies.
To delete a retry policy:

Rules Management > Retry Policy

Figure 6-41: Retry Policy

Click Delete to delete the retry policy. A dialog box pops-up to re-confirm the operation.
Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 43N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Click OK.

6.6 Management of ESME Accounts


External Short Message Entity (ESME) clients use SMSRouter to transmit short messages to applications
or mobile destinations. This option is used to create and modify accounts for client applications. It keeps a
track on account holders and their subscription details.
The application GUI provides options to:
Add new ESME accounts
Delete ESME accounts
Configure auto replies
Configure failure replies
Set limits on the message count received from the ESME accounts
Configure multiple sessions for large accounts
Enable SMPP outbind sessions
Configure range-based service number provisioning
Enable store and forward function

6.6.1 Creating ESME Accounts


The Add New Account option is used to add new ESME accounts.
To add a new account:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account

6 - 44

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-42: Add ESME Account

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 45N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

The fields of the screen are described in the table below:

Table 6-11: Add New Account

Field

Description
Login ID used by the client to
connect to SMSRouter. The field
validates the identity of the client
attempting to connect to
SMSRouter.

System ID*

Validation
Should

Alphanumeric
Special

characters (&; *) are


not allowed except for an
underscore.

Not

Password*

Confirm Password
Protocol*

begin with an alphabet

case sensitive

Password of the client. It is used


to authenticate the identity of the
client attempting to connect to
SMSRouter.

Maximum

Re-enter password for


confirmation.

Same as Password

Protocol for communication. The


following protocols are used:

NA

Case

9 characters

sensitive

SMPP
UCP
CIMD

System Type*

The system type of the ESME.


For example, VMA for Voice Mail
Application or BULK for bulk
messages.

Alphanumeric
Special

characters (&; *) are


not allowed except underscore.

Case

Port*

Port on which the SMSRouter


server connects to the ESME
application.

NA

Account Type*

Account type of a client


application. SMSRouter supports
two types of accounts:

NA

sensitive

Send

Only: It signifies that a


client has only message transmission privileges.

Send

and Receive: It signifies that a client has the privilege to transmit and receive
messages.

6 - 46

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 6-11: Add New Account

Field

Description

Validation

Default Address*

Default source address of the


client. Message packets
transmitted by a client contain
the source address and the
destination address. A client
transmitting messages to
SMSRouter may, however, enter
NULL in the Default Address
field. In such a case, SMSRouter
substitutes the source address
with the default address. The
parameter is particularly useful
for interfaces unfamiliar with the
concept of source address for a
short message (for instance,
voice mail systems).

Numeric

No. of Service Numbers*

Service numbers are short codes


associated with an application.
This field indicates the number of
short codes allowed for a
particular application.

Numeric

All Service Numbers Allowed*

Indicates whether or not clients


are allowed to transmit
messages from the service
numbers listed in the Access list:

NA

Maximum

Maximum

length is 6 digits

length is 3 digits

Yes: Select to allow the ESME

client to transmit messages


with any numeric sender
address. Applications do not
receive an acknowledgement
for the messages transmitted
if this option is selected.
No:

Select to allow the ESME


client to transmit messages
with numeric sender address
configured for the account.

Maximum Transmit (MSLA)

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

Maximum number of parallel


connections (sessions) that the
client application can maintain
with SMSRouter to transmit
message packets.

Numeric
Range:

0 - 10

Maximum

length is 3 digits

6 - 47N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 6-11: Add New Account

Field
Maximum Receive (MSLA)

Description

Maximum number of parallel


sessions (user connections) that
the client application can
maintain with SMSRouter to
receive messages.
The value should be entered only
if the client application opts for a
Send and receive account type.

Validation
Numeric
Enter

0 if Account Type is
Send Only.

Enter

a value between 0 and


10 if Account Type is Send
and Receive.

The client application can


maintain only one receive
session with SMSRouter during
the span of a single connection.
Maximum Priority*

Messages per Second*

Transmission precedence
assigned by SMSRouter to the
messages submitted by the client
application. Four priority levels
are supported:
0:

Level 0 priority (lowest)

1:

Level 1 priority

2:

Level 2 priority

3:

Level 3 priority (highest)

For a Send Only account,


Messages Per Second specifies
the number of messages that the
client application can transmit in
a second.

NA

Numeric
Maximum

length is 3 digits

For a Send and Receive


account, Messages Per Second
specifies the number of
messages that the client
application can send and receive
in a second.
Messages per Minute*

Transmission threshold for a


minute. The field is automatically
populated when an Operator
assigns the number of message
per second for a client.

NA

For example, if a client can


transmit 1 message per second,
the number of messages per
minute is 60.

6 - 48

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 6-11: Add New Account

Field

Description

Validation

Messages per Hour*

Transmission threshold for an


hour. The field is automatically
populated when an Operator
assigns the number of message
per second for a client.

NA

Messages per Day*

Transmission threshold for an


hour. The field is automatically
populated when an Operator
assigns the number of message
per second for a client.

NA

Message Length*

Maximum length of the message


that can be transmitted by a
client application SMSRouter.

Numeric

Message Acceptance Criteria*

Criteria to truncate a message to


a pre-defined length and deliver
or reject a message when the
message exceeds the predefined length.

NA

Values

range from 1 to 1600

You can choose any one option:


Truncate:

SMSRouter truncates the message to its predefined length and delivers


the message if the message
length exceeds the predefined length.

Reject:

SMSRouter rejects
the message if the message
exceeds the pre-defined
length.

GSM Conversion Red

Indicates whether SMSRouter


converts special characters as
per GSM standards:

NA

Yes:

Select if SMSRouter
should convert special characters, such as @ and #, to conform to GSM standards.

No:

Select if GSM conversion


is not required

Date of Activation*

Date on which a client account is


activated

NA

Date of Expiry*

Date on which the client account


terminates.

NA

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 49N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 6-11: Add New Account

Field
Binary Allowed*

Description
Indicates whether ESME is
allowed to send messages in
binary formats such as ring
tones, logos, and pictures. The
selection depends on the
account type opted by the client:

Validation
NA

Yes:

Select if ESME is
allowed to send messages in
binary formats.

No:

Select if ESME is not


allowed to send binary messages.

Alphanumeric Allowed*

Indicates whether ESME can


send alphanumeric sender
address. The selection depends
on the account type opted by the
client.

NA

Yes:

Select if ESME can send


alphanumeric sender address.

No:

Select if ESME cannot


send alphanumeric sender
address

Access List*

List of IP addresses that can be


used by a client to connect to
SMSRouter.

Numeric
Maximum

six IP addresses
are allowed

To allow all IP addresses to


connect to SMSRouter, include
0.0.0.0 in the Access List
field.

6 - 50

Enable Delivery Report*

Indicates whether SMSRouter


would send a Delivery report to
the ESME client after delivering
the message.

NA

Store and forward Enable

Indicates whether SMSRouter


should store and forward
messages if DDA fails.

NA

Outbind Enable

Indicates whether the SMPP


outbind feature is enabled or not.
This field is displayed only if the
account type is Send and
Receive.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 6-11: Add New Account

Field

Description

Validation

Outbind Host

IP address of the ESME


application that connects to
SMSRouter on receiving a
outbind request. This field is
displayed only if Outbind Enable
is selected.

Valid IP Address

Outbind Port

Port number of the ESME


application that connects to
SMSRouter on receiving a
outbind request. This field is
displayed only if Outbind Enable
is selected.

Valid Port number

Source Whitelist Alphanumeric


Senders

List of alphanumeric address that


the ESME can use as sender
address.

Should be in the format xxxx, 5.

Source Whitelist Number Range

List of numeric address that the


ESME can use as sender
address.

Should be in the format 10009999.

A maximum of 200 sender


address (numeric and
alphanumeric) can be configured
for an account)
ESME Prepaid Enable

Indicates whether the ESME


account is prepaid or postpaid. If
prepaid, credit limit is not defined
for the account. Credit limit here
indicates the number of
messages an ESME account can
send.

NA

Support data_sm

Indicates whether or not the


ESME account can receive in
data_sm format.

NA

Source: Comviva

Enter the login ID to be used by the client to connect to SMSRouter in System ID.
Enter the password to be used to connect to SMSRouter in Password.
Re-enter the password in Confirm Password.
Select the type of protocol from the Protocol list. You can either select SMPP, CIMD or UCP for

communication.
Enter the type of connection in System Type.
Select the port from the Port list. Depending on the selected protocol, port list gets populated.
Select Account Type. SMSRouter supports two types of accounts:
Send

Only: Indicates that a client has only message transmission privileges.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 51N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Send

and Receive: Indicates that a client has the privilege to transmit and receive
messages.

Enter the default address of the application in Default Address. Message packets transmitted

by a client contain the source address and the destination address. A client transmitting
messages to SMSRouter may, however, enter NULL in the default address field. In such a
case, SMSRouter substitutes the source address with the default address. The parameter is
particularly useful for interfaces unfamiliar with the notion of source address for a short
message (for instance, voice mail systems).

Note
The default source address of the ESME client may
be a number most commonly associated with the
application. Operators may assign the same default
address to different client applications.

Note
Two accounts cannot have the same service number. However, two applications can be assigned the
same allowed sender prefix.

Note
Administrators should ensure that the total
SMSRouter capacity does not exceed the expected
concurrent traffic. In the initial weeks of SMSRouter
installation, it is recommended that transmission
threshold limits for any client do not exceed 15
messages per second.

Enter the number of short codes to be defined for an ESME application in No. of Service

Numbers.
Select the All Service Numbers Allowed option. Values can be:
Yes: Select to allow the ESME

client to transmit messages with any numeric sender

address. If this option is selected, the connected applications do not receive an

acknowledgement after delivery of messages.


No:

Select to allow the ESME client to transmit messages with numeric sender address
configured for the account.

Enter the maximum number of sessions a client can maintain with SMSRouter to transmit

messages in Maximum Transmit (MSLA).


Enter the maximum number of sessions a client can maintain with SMSRouter to receive

messages in Maximum Receive (MSLA).

6 - 52

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Select the priority of messages from a client application in Maximum Priority. Four priority

levels are supported. Level 0 has the lowest priority while Level 3 has the highest priority. An
application cannot exceed the priority level assigned during account creation.
Select the criteria for message acceptance in Message Acceptance Criteria. Values can be:
Truncate:

SMSRouter truncates the message and delivers the message if the


message length exceeds the pre-defined length.

Reject:

SMSRouter rejects the message if the message exceeds the pre-defined

length.
Select whether or not GSM conversion is required in GSM Conversion Req. Values can be:
Yes:

Select if SMSRouter converts special characters, such as @ and #, to conform to


GSM standards.

No:

Select if the ESME application converts the special characters to conform to GSM
standards.

Select the date of activating the rule in Date of Activation.


Select the date of rule expiry in Date of Expiry.
Select Binary Allowed to indicate whether or not SMSRouter should support binary formats

such as ring tones and logos. Values can be:


Yes:
No:

Select if ESME is allowed to send messages in binary formats.

Select if ESME is not allowed to send binary messages.

Select Alphanumeric Allowed if SMSRouter supports only alphanumeric messages. You can

choose any one option depending on the account type:


Yes:
No:

Select if ESME can send alphanumeric sender address.

Select if ESME cannot send alphanumeric sender address.

Enter the IP addresses to connect to SMSRouter in Access List.


Select Enable Delivery Report to send Delivery report to the ESME client after delivering the

message.
Select Store and Forward to enable store and forward of messages if DDA fails.
Select Outbind Enable to enable SMPP outbind feature.
Enter the IP address of the ESME application that connects to SMSRouter on receiving a

outbind request in Outbind Host.


Enter the port number of the ESME application that connects to SMSRouter on receiving a

outbind request in Outbind Port.


Enter the list of alphanumeric address that the ESME can use as sender address in Source

Whitelist Alphanumeric Senders.


Enter the list of numeric address that the ESME can use as sender address in Source Whitelist

Number Range.
Select ESME Prepaid Enable to indicate whether or not the ESME account is prepaid or

postpaid.
Select Support data_sm to indicate whether the ESME account can receive data in data_sm

format.
Click Continue to add Service Numbers, Standard Reply, and Failure Reply.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 53N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-43: Add New Account

6.6.2 Deleting ESME Accounts


You can delete the existing ESME accounts.
To delete ESME accounts:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts

Figure 6-44: Delete ESME Accounts

Click Delete to delete the given ESME account. A pop-up window appears to confirm the

operation.
Click OK to confirm deletion.

6.6.3 Configuring Auto Replies (Applicable only for MO-AT messages)


When interfacing with third-party applications, Operators often face several problems due to which timely
responses cannot be sent to users requesting for services. There could be problems such as network
congestion, service number not connected.

6 - 54

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

In such situations, users keep sending service requests because of not receiving any response from the
service number. To avoid confusion for users, standard automated responses can be sent to users
whenever there are delays in sending a response to users. The message content can be configured and
the response can be sent for multiple sessions.
Example:
User sends a MO-AT request to a given service number to download a ring tone. If there is a delay in
getting a response from the application, the user resends the request until the ring tone is delivered to the
user. By enabling an auto-reply on the service number, SMSRouter sends a pre-configured response to
acknowledge the receipt of the request. This saves the user from resending requests.
.
To configure auto-replies:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account

Enter the required field values in : Add ESME Account (For more information, refer to the Add

New Account.)
Click Continue. (Refer to : Add ESME Account)

Figure 6-45: Add Auto Reply

Enter the standard automated response that SMSRouter sends to the message sender in

Standard Reply.
Click Done to save the changes.

6.6.4 Configuring Failure Replies


Sometimes applications are unable to handle a sudden burst of messages and stop responding to
requests. The application may not be able to function normally due to connectivity or other technical
problems in the application or network. The problem is critical when services handle premium services.
In such cases, SMSRouter provides the provision to configure a standard failure response that can be sent
out to the users sending requests to the application. The Operator can configure the failure message
Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 55N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

through the application GUI. In addition, SMSRouter buffers all the requests received during the
application down-time and delivers the requests to the application whenever it starts functioning.
Example:
During New Year or Christmas, subscribers often request for ring tones that are suitable for the occasion
for. If the ring tone application cannot handle the sudden surge in the requests, it may stop responding to
subscriber requests. In such scenarios, Operators can configure the following failure response and send to
the subscribers requesting for ring tones in SMSRouter:
We are unable to process your request at this time. Please try
later.
To configure failure replies:

ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account


Enter the required field values in : Add ESME Account. (For more information, refer to the Add

New Account.)
Click Continue. (Refer to : Add ESME Account)

Figure 6-46: Add Failure Reply

Enter the failure response SMSRouter that should be automatically sent to the users when the

application stops functioning in Failure Reply.


Click Done to save the changes.

6.6.5 Throttling Control for ESME Accounts


Operators can define thresholds for the maximum number of messages that can be sent by ESME
accounts to SMSRouter. Controls are defined for the:
Number of messages received per second
Number of messages received per minute
Number of messages received per hour
Number of messages received per day

If the limits are exceeded, SMSRouter sends the excess messages back to the ESME accounts. Defining
limits helps to control the flow of messages towards SMSRouter.

6 - 56

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

To set limits on the message count:


ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account

Figure 6-47: Throttling Control for ESME Accounts

Enter the number of messages that can be transmitted by the ESME client in a second in

Message Per second. There is no theoretical limit on the number of messages that can be
sent to SMSRouter.
Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 57N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
Administrators should ensure that the total
SMSRouter capacity does not exceed the expected
concurrent traffic. In the initial weeks of SMSRouter
installation, it is recommended that transmission
threshold limits for any client do not exceed 15
messages per second.
Message Per Minute, Message Per Hour, Message Per Day are automatically populated

based on the value entered in Messages Per Second.

Note
For field descriptions, refer to Add New Account
table.
Click Done to save changes.

6.6.6 Support for Multiple Sessions of ESME Accounts


SMSRouter supports multiple session for ESME accounts (MSLA), thereby enhancing throughput.
SMSRouter controls the number of sessions per account. The system defines a maximum number of 10
sessions per account. MSLA supports the Round Robin method of message distribution across active
sessions. A single session can support up to 30 messages per second.
To configure multiple sessions for an account:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account

6 - 58

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-48: Configuring MSLA

Enter the required field values in : Add ESME Account. (For more information, refer to the

Table: Add New Account).


In Maximum Transmit (MSLA), enter the maximum number of sessions that a client

application can maintain with SMSRouter to transmit messages.


In Maximum Receive (MSLA), enter the maximum number of sessions that the client can

maintain with SMSRouter to receive messages.


Click Done to save changes.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 59N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

6.6.7 Multiple Service Numbers ESME Mapping


Multiple service numbers can be associated with an ESME account. A maximum of 200 service numbers
can be associated with a single account. Multiple service number mapping enhances the throughout rate
for ESME accounts.
Example:
The Operator associates five service numbers (8888, 5555, 3131, 6666, 4545) with the ESME account for
an online auction application. This enables subscribers to send quotes to any of the five service numbers.
To configure multiple service numbers:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account

6 - 60

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-49: Multiple Service Number

Enter the number of short codes to be associated with the application in No. Of Service

Numbers.

Note
For information on the fields, refer to Table: Add
New Account.
Click Continue.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 61N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-50: Add Multiple Service Numbers

Enter the short codes defined for the ESME account in Service Number.
In Standard Reply, enter the standard response to be sent to users sending service requests.
In Failure Reply, enter the failure response to be sent to users when the application is not

functional.
Click Done to save changes.

6.6.8 Range-based ESME Provisioning


SMSRouter supports range-based service number provisioning. This feature enables Operators to
configure a large number of service numbers with reduced effort using the length qualifier.
On the basis of service numbers, SMSRouter can bind multiple sessions for a single ESME account. This
feature is used to configure multiple ESME applications to a single account. The number of applications
can be fixed during the bind request of SMPP accounts. The system can configure a maximum of 200
service numbers for a single ESME account.
Example:
Users can subscribe to an application for ring tones, jokes, news, and stock alerts. To subscribe for ring
tones, the application can have multiple service numbers ranging from 5000- 5099. This indicates that the
first service number of the range is 5000 and the maximum length of the service number is four. Based on
the maximum length defined, the SMSRouter system automatically defines the last service number of the
range (in this case it is 5099).

6 - 62

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

To configure range based service number provisioning:

ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account

Enter the required field values in Add New Account screen. (For more information, refer to the

Table: Add New Account


Click Continue. (Refer to Figure: : Add ESME Account)

Figure 6-51: Add Multiple Service Numbers

Enter the service number of the application in Service Number (in the example given above,

the service number is entered as 5000).


Enter the maximum length of the service number in Max Length (in the example given above, the
Max. Length is entered as 4).
Click Done.

6.6.9 Binary Messages (UDH) Barring


This option is used to intercept and reject all the binary messages (such as ring tones, picture messages,
Operator logo) originating from applications.
To enable User Data Header (UDH) barring:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 63N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-52: UDH Barring

To intercept and reject binary messages, select No in Binary Allowed.

6.6.10 SMPP Outbind Sessions


SMSRouter supports SMPP outbind sessions. This feature allows SMSRouter to send a signal to the
ESME to originate a bind_receiver request. SMSRouter establishes a network connection with a
configured IP and port to initiate an outbind SMPP session with an ESME. After connecting with the
ESME, SMSRouter sends a outbind request to connect to the ESME. The ESME responds with a
bind_receiver request. SMSRouter sends a bind_receiver_resp request. The characteristics of an
6 - 64

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

established SMPP session are similar to a normal SMPP receiver session. Depending on the account
type, the Operator can enable this feature and configure one IP and port pair per account.

Example:
SMSRouter can use this feature to deliver large message volumes to ESME during televoting and
broadcasting election results.
To enable SMPP outbind sessions:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account
Select Account Type as Send and Receive.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 65N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-53: Enable SMPP Outbind

Select Yes in Outbind Enable. (This field is enabled only if the Account Type is Send and

Receive.)
Enter the IP address of the ESME application connecting with SMSRouter in Outbind Host.
Enter the port number of the ESME application connecting with SMSRouter in Outbind Port.

6 - 66

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
For other field descriptions, refer to Creating ESME
Accounts.

6.6.11 Store and Forward Message Delivery


SMSRouter supports the store & forward approach for message delivery. SMSRouter can operate in the
following two modes:
Direct delivery is attempted for messages received from specific ESME accounts. If it fails,

messages are stored and retried based on the retry policy configured for the account. If retry
policy and error-based redirection is not defined for the account, retry is attempted based on the
default retry policy.
The store and forward enabled messages received from ESME accounts are recorded in the

secondary memory before attempting message delivery. If not delivered in the Direct Delivery
Attempt, delivery of messages is retried according to the retry policies configured for the
account.
If S&F is not configured, SMSRouter attempts to deliver the messages before storing the messages in the
database. Operators can enable the S&F functionality for specific accounts. The S&F feature is generally
enabled for messages that are not critical such as the promotional messages.
To enable store and forward for message delivery:
ESME Management > ESME Accounts >Add New Account

Enter the required field values in : Add ESME Account. (For more information, refer to the

Table: Add New Account.)

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 67N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 6-54: Store & Forward Enable

Select Yes in Store and Forward Enable to enable the store and forward functionality.

6.6.12 Ports
The Ports option lists all the SMPP, CIMD and UCP ports that are used by applications to connect to
SMSRouter server.

6 - 68

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

To view the ports:

ESME Management > Ports

Figure 6-55: Ports

The screen displays the list of SMPP, CIMD and UCP ports.

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

6 - 69N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

6 - 70

Mobile-to-Application Messaging

7 Generic Features
The features explained in the subsequent sections are applicable to all types of messaging.

7.1 Configuring Built-in Features


The features discussed in the subsequent sections are configured at the system level in SMSRouter.

7.1.1 UCS2 Character Set Support


Universal Character Set (UCS-2) is a character string where each character is represented by two
bytes. This character set can encode the characters for many written languages. Refer to
www.unicode.org for the supported languages. SMSRouter is equipped to handle the UCS2 character
set.
A text SMS message encoded using the UCS2 character set is used to send Arabic, Chinese or any
other special character messages. A Unicode text message can contain 70 characters. If a message is
longer than 70 characters, the message is split in two parts with 63 Unicode characters in one SMS
message and the balance in the other message.

Example:
Peter sends a message in Arabic to Rehman. SMSRouter accepts the message and decodes and
encodes the message as per UCS2 character set specifications and delivers the message.

Sample Message
curl 'http://127.0.0.1:13013/cgi-bin/
sendsms?user=test&pass=test&to=00919767213659&text=%06%4A%00%20
%06%41%06%25%06%46%00%20%06%27%06%44%06%44%06%47%00%20%06%44%06
%27%06%4A%06%3A%06%4A%06%31%00%20%06%45%06%27%06%28%06%42%06%48
%06%45&coding=3'

Note
SMSC Gateway needs to accept the message
for successful transmission to the subscriber.

7.1.2 Large Message Buffer Pool


SMSRouter has a large message buffer pool and can store up to 200,000 of messages (configurable)
for direct delivery. SMSRouter can store a maximum of 1 million messages for retries. Operators can
Generic Features

7-1

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

configure the message count for direct deliveries and retries. The system buffers incoming messages for
retry attempts when there are minor problems in the Operators network. Once the threshold limit is
crossed, SMSRouter rejects incoming messages through MO and AO channels.

Note
The maximum buffer size is based on the
operating system and hardware memory constraints.

7.1.3 Direct Delivery Attempts (DDA)


The SMSRouter system attempts direct delivery of messages to destination mobiles. If a direct delivery
attempt is not successful, SMSRouter redirects messages to a Fallback SMSC. This mechanism saves on
network/hardware/software resources used in a conventional network platform.

Example:
James sends a message to Peter. On receiving the message, SMSRouter immediately delivers the
message to Peter. If Peters mobile is unreachable, SMSRouter redirects the message to the secondary
SMSC.

7.1.4 Dynamic Log Generation


The Log server is an integral part of SMSRouter. The server is used for dynamic logging of data in
configurable formats. The Log server can dynamically change the log by re-configuring the configuration
details. Multiple clients can connect to the Log server in the following modes:
TCP or UDP over IP: The Log server retrieves log data from client applications through a TCP

or UDP connection over IP.


Shared Memory (RAM): The Log server can retrieve log data through shared memory

segments. The shared memory interface is the best possible interface when high logging
throughput is expected and the Log server needs to handle multiple log files at the same time.
OS Message Queues: The Log server can retrieve log data through OS message queues. This

interface is, however, not recommended because it impacts and lowers down system
performance.
Database Logging: The Log server can log data directly on to the database. The Log server

configuration needs to be mapped with the data to be logged. The database in which the data
is logged also needs to be mapped with the Log server.

7-2

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

7.1.5 Operations, Administration and Maintenance


SMSRouter supports SNMP version 2.0 based monitoring and reporting of events. The Operations,
Administration and Maintenance module is a stand-alone application modeled on the client-server
architecture.
The OAM client interacts with the OAM server that interfaces with SMSRouter. The OAM module monitors
SMSRouter performance, measures process efficiency, schedules monitoring jobs, and manages process
workflows. The OAM client is used to monitor critical SMSRouter processes through the OAM GUI. The
OAM client interacts with the OAM server over TCP/IP protocols that interface with SMSRouter over
SNMP.
.

Figure 7-1: OAM Connectivity to SMSRouter Server

Note
For more information on the OAM module and
its components, refer to the Common OAM
User Manual.

Generic Features

7 - 3N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

System overloads or malfunctions can slow down SMSRouter operations. The CSMD module of the OAM
application analyses the resource utilization of SMSRouter. Based on this data, Operators take corrective
action to release resources.
In the event of problems, the Heart Beat Manager (OAM application module) sends status alarms to the
Alarm Manager (OAM application module).

Figure 7-2: OAM Alarms

7.1.6 FTP Support for CDRs


SMSRouter interacts with the billing system over FTP. The billing system either pulls the CDRs from
SMSRouter or SMSRouter pushes CDRs to the billing system.
SMSRouter System Administrators have the privilege to access the CDR directory. The user name and
password to access the directory through FTP is admin. The Administrator can change the password
through the command line interface. CDR files can be transferred to the billing system using the pull or
push mode as described below:
Billing system can pull CDRs through FTP. The billing system is responsible to delete the CDR
files. The CDRs are present in the OAM server for a period of one month after which they are
moved to the tape or deleted.
SMSRouter can push CDRs to the billing system. Once the CDRs are pushed successfully, the

files are deleted from the SMSRouter system. The billing system should provide FTP access to
SMSRouter. The frequency and duration to push the CDRs is configurable through a cron
scheduler (For information on the cron scheduler, refer to the Comviva SMSRouter v4.0 OAM
Manual v 1.0).

7.1.7 Multiple Service Centers Address Support


Multiple service centers from different networks can connect to the same SMSRouter. Multiple service
centers are configured in the MAP stack. SMSRouter forwards the service center address received from
the MOFSM operation to MTFSM to direct messages to destinations.
SMSRouter verifies the service center address with the service centers configured in the system. If the
service center is configured in the system, SMSRouter accepts the message and routes the message. For
more information on how to configure multiple service centers, refer to the SS7 User Manual.

7-4

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Example:
SMSRouter of Circle A can act as a virtual service center for multiple Circles (Circle B, C and D). The
Operator of Circle A needs to configure the service center addresses of Circles B, C and D in SMSRouter
of Circle A.

7.1.8 Multiple Source GT & Point Code Support


SMSRouter supports multiple Global Title (GT) configurations. A maximum of 32 GTs can be configured.
This feature allows the Operator to route messages flexibly to the final point codes according to the GTs.
SMSRouter also supports multiple destination point codes to route messages towards different MSCs. On
the basis of MSISDN series, point code translation can be done. The GTs and point codes are configured
in the MAP stack. For more information on how to configure multiple service centers, refer to the SS7 User
Manual.

Example:
An Operator can integrate SMSRouter with multiple MSCs. Each MSC has an unique point code. During
stack configuration, the Operator needs to define the point codes of all the MSCs to be connected to
SMSRouter.

7.2 Configurable Features


The following features are configured from the Web GUI of SMSRouter.

7.2.1 Virtual Service Center Support


Virtual Service Center refers to an SMSRouter, which acts as a virtual SMSC by providing SMS services to
subscribers of other PLMNs. SMSRouter can be the virtual service center for multiple networks at a time.
To configure a SMSRouter as a virtual service center for different networks, the Operator creates multiple
virtual SC accounts on SMSRouter, each with a set of rules.
The configuration rules and accounts created for one virtual center are not applicable to the other virtual
centers. The application GUI provides options to create, modify and delete virtual service centers.

Example:
Consider a situation where the SMSRouter in network A serves as a virtual SMSC for network B and
network C. All the short messages originating from network B and network C are directed to SMSRouter (in
network A) for delivery to destination addresses. The destination address could be within the same
network or across networks (A, B, C). The Operator can enable or disable the status of Delivery reports for
different service centers.
The subscribers of Circle A send MO messages to subscriber of the same Circle.The MO messages go to
Generic Features

7 - 5N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

the Mobile Service Center (MSC). The MSC sends the messages to SMSRouter using the Forward Short
Message (FSM) operation. SMSRouter accepts messages and forwards it to the destination subscribers.
The message service center number stored in the SIM card of the senders mobile is the virtual service
center number (SMSRouter of Circle B). This service center can also act as a virtual service center for
Circle C. The Operator can enable the Delivery report flag for Circle A. In this case, the destination mobile
delivers the message delivery status to the originating mobile. Similarly, the Operator can disable Delivery
reportS for Circle B. If disabled, the destination mobile does not send the Delivery report to the originating
mobile.
In case of AO traffic, different accounts can be assigned different service center addresses.

Creating New Virtual Service Centers


The Add Virtual Service Center option is used to configure virtual service centers on SMSRouter.
To configure a new virtual service center on SMSRouter:
Service Management> Virtual Service Center > Add Virtual Service Center

Figure 7-3: Add Virtual Service Center

Enter the name of the service center in Service Center Name.


Enter the service center number (GT number) in Service Center Number.
Click Done to save the changes.

Viewing Virtual Service Centers


The Virtual Service Center option is used to view details of the existing virtual service centers.
To view existing virtual service centers:

Service Management> Virtual Service Center

7-6

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-4: Virtual Service Center Details

The Virtual Service Center Details screen fields are explained in the table below:

Table 7-1: Virtual Service Center Details

Field

Description

SC Number

Service Center number

SC Name

Name of the Virtual Service


Center

Rules

Used to view the rules defined for


the service center.

Accounts

Used to view the accounts


configured for the service center.

Service Numbers

Used to view the short codes


configured on the service
centers.
Source: Comviva

To view the rules configured for the account, click View Rules.

Generic Features

7 - 7N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-5: Rules List

The fields of the Rule List screen are explained in the table below:

Table 7-2: Rules List

Field

Description

Validation

Condition

Name of the rule.

NA

Input Scenarios

Input parameters required for the


rule.

NA

Example:
Source IMSI is the input
parameter for Source IMSI
Barring (SIB) rule.
Action

Action to be taken:

NA

Allowed
Barred
Redirect

Status

Rule status:

NA

Active
Inactive

7-8

User

Name of the user defining the


rule.

NA

Date

Date of defining the rule.

NA

Reason

Reason for creating the rule.

NA

Edit

Used to change the rule.

NA

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-2: Rules List

Field

Description

Delete

Used to delete the rule.

Validation
NA
Source: Comviva

Deleting Virtual Service Centers


This option is used to delete the virtual service centers.
To delete a virtual service center:
Service Management> Virtual Service Center

Figure 7-6: Virtual Service Center Details

Click Delete to delete the service center. A dialog box pops-up to re-confirm the operation.
Click OK.

7.2.2 Address Translation Support


Operators define rules to manipulate the source and destination addresses. Addresses are translated to
route messages to the required destinations. The following types of manipulations are done:
Prefix: Prefixes are added to MSISDNs or MSISDN series primarily to change the destination

number from the national to international format. The MSC of any network accepts messages
only from MSISDNS, which are in international formats. For optimal message delivery, country
codes are prefixed to the MSISDNs.
Example:
To send messages to the MSISDN 9845012345, SMSRouter translates it to international
format by prefixing 91 (country code).
Suffix: Numbers are suffixed to a MSISDN/MSISDN series to differentiate them from other

MSISDNs.

Generic Features

7 - 9N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Example:
To block the billing of messages sent from a given MSISDN or MSISDN series, a suffix is
added to the MSISDN or MSISDN series. A 44 is suffixed to a MSISDN/MSISDN series so that
the CDR details of messages sent from the suffixed MSISDN/MSISDN series are not sent to
dBILL for billing. Suffixes are added to numbers to hide the CLI of numbers.
Strip: This refers to removing a given set of digits from a MSISDN starting from a given position.

Digits are deleted from a specific position. This rule can be used to delete the national dialing
code (NDC) and international dialing code of the destination address.

Example:
Subscriber A (MSISDN is 9845112334) sends a message to Subscriber B (MSISDN
9845112313). When sending the message, Subscriber A may enter the MSISDN of Subscriber
B as 09845112313. SMSRouter deletes 0 from the destination number to convert the MSISDN
to a compatible format.
Replace: In this type of address manipulation, a specific part of the source or destination

MSISDN is replaced with a new value. This rule can be used to replace the entire MSISDN or a
part of it to make it a unique number.
Example:
The different Customer Care Executive MSISDNs are replaced with a common Helpdesk
number to help subscribers with easy and instant access.
Replace IF: In this type of address translation, SMSRouter searches for a specific part of the

source or destination MSISDN and replaces it with a new value. This rule is primarily used to
convert the numbers to a compatible format.
Example:
SMSRouter of Circle A searches for the number 88, in the MSISDN series of subscribers
sending messages to the subscribers of Circle B. The system replaces 88 with 288 because
Circle B does not support the 88 MSISDN series.
Addresses are translated to modify the source or destination addresses as per the Operator
requirements. The original TON or NPI of MSISDNS can also be replaced with a new TON or
NPI. Messages originating from MSISDNs, which are invalid are rejected.
The Super user can:
View existing address translation rules
Create new address translation rules
Delete address translation rules

Defining Address Translation Rules


You can define new address translation rules in the system for source and destination numbers.

7 - 10

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

To add address translation rules:


Service Management> Address Translation Rules > Add Rule

Figure 7-7: Add Address Translation Rule

The fields of the screen are described in the table below:

Table 7-3: Add Address Translation Rule

Field

Description

Validation

Group Name

Name of the group (multiple MSISDNs form a group) for


which address translation rule is configured.

Data Type:
Alphanumeric

Number_Serie
s

MSISDN or MSISDN series on which to apply the


rules.

Maximum 25 character.
Should be a valid
number or mobile
number series

Number Type

Select to indicate the type of number:

NA

Source

number

Destination
SCCP

Generic Features

number

called address (GT address of SMSC)

7 - 11N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-3: Add Address Translation Rule

Field
TON

Description
Type of Number (TON) of the MSISDN or MSISDN series:

Validation
NA

International
National
Network

Specific

Subscriber
Alphanumeric
Abbreviated
Extension

NPI

Numbering Plan Indicator (NPI) of the SMPP client


application:

NA

E164
X121
Telex
National
Private
Ermes
Extension

Min Length

Minimum length of the number series.

Maximum 25
Give minimum length

7 - 12

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-3: Add Address Translation Rule

Field
Action

Description

Validation

Select the action to be taken from the list. Actions can be:
PREFIX: To prefix the specified digits to the source/
destination address.
Offset/Value: This field is kept blank because the digits
are prefixed at the beginning of the string.
Length: Number of prefixed digits.
Value: Value to be prefixed.
SUFFIX: To suffix the specified digits to the source/
destination address.
Offset/Value: This field is kept blank because the digits are
always added at the end of the string.
Length: Number of digits to be used as a suffix.
Value: Value to be suffixed.
STRIP: Delete a given number of digits starting from a

given position in the source or destination address.


Offset/Value: The position from where the digits are to be
stripped.
Length: Number of digits to be stripped.
Value: This field is not applicable.
REPLACE: Replace a specific part of the address with a
new value.
Offset/Value: The position from where the digits are to

be replaced.
Length: Number of digits to be replaced.
Value: Value with which the existing digits are to be
replaced.
REPLACE_IF: It is the same as REPLACE but applicable if
a pre-defined condition is satisfied.
Offset/Value: The search pattern to be used to replace the
required digits.
Length: Position of the digits to be searched. Values can be1
or 2.
1- Used to look for the search pattern at the beginning of the
number.
2- Used to look for search pattern anywhere in the number
(replace on the first occurrence).
Value: Value to be replaced if the search pattern is found in
the number.
Generic Features

7 - 13N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-3: Add Address Translation Rule

Field
Replace TON

Description

Validation

This field defines the Type of Number (TON) to be replaced


in the source address parameter. The options are:
Unknown:

NA

If TON is not known, select this value.

International:

In an international TON, the number starts


with the country code followed by the national destination
code and the subscriber number.

National:

The number starts without the country code. It


contains the national destination code and the subscriber
number.

Network

Specific: The number starts with the network


specific code followed by the subscriber number.

Subscriber

Number: The number starts without the international and national codes.

Alphanumeric:

The number starts with an alphanumeric

character.
Abbreviated:

Replace NPI

Same as Alphanumeric.

This field defines the Numeric Plan Indicator (NPI) to be


replaced in the source address parameters. The different
NPIs are:

NA

ISDN
Data
Telex
Land

Mobile

National
Private
ERMES
Internet
WAP

Client ID
Source: Comviva

Enter the name of the group for which the address translation rule is to be configured in Group

Name.
Enter the number series for which the address translation rule is configured in Number_Series.
Select the type of number from the Number Type list.
Select the Type of Number (TON) of the SMPP client application from the list.
Select the NPI of the application from the list.
Enter the minimum length of the number series in Min Length.
Select the type of action to be taken from the Action list.
Enter the offset or value or pattern for the rule in Offset/Value/Pattern.
Enter the length of the number to be prefixed or suffixed or stripped or replaced in Length.

7 - 14

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Enter the value to be prefixed or suffixed or stripped or replaced in Value.


Select the TON to be replaced in the source address parameter from the Replace TON list.
Select the NPI to be replaced in the source address parameter from the Replace NPI list.
Click Done to save the changes.

Viewing Address Translation Rules


The Address Translation Rules option is used to view the existing address translation rules, which are
defined to manipulate the source and destination addresses.
To view existing rules:
Service Management> Address Translation Rules

Figure 7-8: Address Translation

The following table lists the fields of the Address Translation screen.

Table 7-4: Address Translation

Field

Description

Validation

Number Series

MSISDN series on which the rule


is applicable.

NA

Length

Length of the number series to


be translated.

Data Type: Numeric

Num_Type

Indicates whether the number/


number series is a source or a
destination number.

NA

Generic Features

7 - 15N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-4: Address Translation

Field
Rules

Description
The type of translation to be
done.

Validation
NA

PREFIX
SUFFIX
STRIP
REPLACE
REPLACE_IF

Edit

Used to edit the rule.

NA

Delete

Used to delete the rule.

NA
Source: Comviva

To view the rules applicable on a given MSISDN, enter the mobile number in Number and click

Search.
By default, 25 rows are displayed on the screen. You can change the number of rows that can

be displayed on a page. Specify the number of rows to be displayed in a single page in No. of
Rows/Page and click Go.

Deleting Address Translation Rules


Address translation rules can be deleted.
To delete a rule:
Service Management> Address Translation Rules

Figure 7-9: Address Translation

7 - 16

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Click Delete to delete a given rule. A dialog box pops-up to re-confirm the operation.
Click OK to delete the rule.

7.2.3 Network Management


Messages transmitted by a Short Message Entity (SME) may not contain the country code, an essential
parameter for message delivery. SMSRouter has an inbuilt delivery optimization feature to convert valid
addresses from the national to international format. SMSRouter prefixes the country code for mobileoriginated messages.
For routing mobile-originated messages to their valid destination, Administrators should have a centralized
list of GSM network Operators with their respective country and national destination codes.

Adding Networks
The Add Network option is used to add new network Operators to the SMSRouter database.
To add a network:
Service Management > Networks > Add Network

Figure 7-10: Add Network

The following table lists the fields of the Add Network screen:

Generic Features

7 - 17N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-5: Add Networks

Field
Operator Name

Description
Name of the network Operator.

Validation
Should

start with an alphabet.

Alphanumeric
Special

characters (&; *)are


not allowed except for an
underscore.

Up

CC

Country Code
A unique code indicating the
country in which the network is
located.

NDC

National Destination Code


A unique identification code for a
Public Land Mobile Network
(PLMN). SMSRouter prefixes the
Country Code to a mobile
number on the basis of NDC.

MSISDN Length (Min)

Minimum length required for an


MSISDN.

to 50 characters.

Can

contain only numeric val-

ues.
Up

to 2 digits

Can

contain numeric values

only.
Up

to 4 digits.

Numeric
Up

values only.

to 2 digits.

Maximum

MSISDN Length (Max)

Maximum length allowed for an


MSISDN.

Numeric
Up

length is 15.

values only.

to 2 digits.

Maximum

length is 15.
Source: Comviva

Enter the network Operator name in Operator Name.


Enter the Country Code of the network in CC.
Enter the National Destination Code in NDC. SMSRouter prefixes the Country Code to a mobile

number on the basis of the NDC. Multiple NDCs can be connected with a single CC by adding
multiple records with the same Operator name.
Specify the minimum number of characters required in a MSISDN in MSISDN (Min).
Enter the maximum number of digits allowed in a MSISDN in MSISDN (Max).
Click Done to validate the entries.

Viewing Networks
Existing GSM Operators details stored in the SMSRouter database can be viewed.

7 - 18

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

To view the existing network Operators:


Service Management > Networks

Figure 7-11: View Network

The following table lists the fields of the Networks screen:

Table 7-6: Networks

Field

Description

Validation

Operator Name

Name of the network Operator.

NA

CC

Country Code

NA

A unique code indicating the


country in which the network is
located.
NDC

National Destination Code

NA

A unique identification code for a


Public Land Mobile Network
(PLMN). SMSRouter prefixes the
Country Code to a mobile
number on the basis of NDC.
MSISDN Length (Min)

Minimum length required for an


MSISDN.

NA

MSISDN Length (Max)

Maximum length allowed for an


MSISDN.

NA

Edit

Edit network information.

NA

Delete

Delete network information.

NA

Generic Features

7 - 19N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-6: Networks

Field

Description

Validation
Source: Comviva

Deleting Networks
This option is used to delete the network Operators from the database.
Service Management > Networks

Figure 7-12: Networks

To delete a network:
Click Delete to delete a given network. A pop-up window appears to reconfirm the operation.
Click OK to confirm deletion.

7.2.4 IMSI Management


International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) is a unique number associated with all GSM and UMTS
network mobile phone users. It is stored in the SIM card. During a call, the mobile phone sends the IMSI
details of the subscriber to the network. IMSI is also used to acquire IMSI details of the mobile from the
Home Location Register (HLR) or the Visitor Location Register (VLR). An IMSI is usually 15 digits long, but
can be shorter. In an IMSI, the first three digits represent the MCC, the next three digits represent the MNC
and the remaining digits stand for the Mobile Station Identification number (MSIN) of the subscriber.
To route the mobile-originated messages to their valid destination, the Administrators should know the
IMSI series of all the network Operators operating in a particular region. The IMSI series helps in
identification of the network Operator.

7 - 20

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Adding IMSIs
The Add IMSI Network option is used to add new IMSIs to the database.
To add new IMSIs:
Service Management > IMSI Network > Add IMSI Network

Figure 7-13: Add IMSI Network

Enter the network Operator name in Operator Name.


Enter the Mobile Country Code of the Operator in MCC.
Enter the Mobile Network Code of the Operator in MNC.
Specify the minimum number of characters required in IMSI in IMSI (Min).
Enter the maximum length permissible of IMSI in IMSI (Max).
Click Done to validate the entries.

Viewing IMSI Series


The IMSI Networks option is used to view the IMSI series of different network Operators.
To view existing IMSI series:
Service Management > IMSI Networks

Figure 7-14: IMSI Network

Generic Features

7 - 21N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

The fields of the screen are described in the table below:

Table 7-7: IMSI Networks

Field

Description

Validation

Operator Name

Name of the network Operator.

NA

MCC

Mobile Country Code

NA

MCC is part of the International


Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
number, which uniquely identifies
a particular subscriber. It is
stored in the SIM card of the
subscriber.
MNC

Mobile Network Code

NA

Mobile Network Code (MNC) is


used in combination with a
Mobile Country Code (MCC) to
uniquely identify a mobile phone
Operator.
IMSI Length (Min)

Minimum length required for an


IMSI.

NA

IMSI Length (Max)

Maximum length allowed for an


IMSI.

NA

Edit

Edit network information.

NA

Delete

Delete network information.

NA
Source: Comviva

Deleting IMSIs
IMSI series of different network Operators can be deleted from the SMSRouter database.
To delete an IMSI:

Figure 7-15: IMSI Network

7 - 22

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Click Delete to delete a given IMSI. A pop-up window appears to reconfirm the operation.
Click OK to confirm deletion.

7.2.5 Configuration of SMSC Accounts


Short Message Service Center (SMSC) accounts are configured to route messages as per the rules
defined in the system. Messages are redirected to SMSCs if the direct delivery attempt fails. Messages are
also redirected to SMSCs to offload message traffic. New SMSC accounts can be configured and existing
configurations can be changed or deleted.
SMSC accounts are connected over the following protocols:
SMPP
UCP
CIMD

Viewing SMSC Accounts


This option is used to view the existing SMSC accounts configured in the Redirection account list.
To view existing accounts:
Rules Management> Redirection Accounts

Figure 7-16: Redirection Account List

The following table lists the fields of the Redirection Account List screen:

Table 7-8: Redirection Account List

Field

Description

Validations

SMSC ID

Unique ID of the SMSC account.

NA

SMSC Account Name

Name of the SMSC account.

NA

System ID

Login ID of the SMSC account.

NA

Generic Features

7 - 23N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-8: Redirection Account List

Field
Connection Type

Description
Protocol used to connect
SMSRouter and the Fallback
SMSC.

Validations
NA

The following protocols are used:


SMPP
CIMD
UCP

Msg Redirection/Hour

Number of messages redirected


to the SMSC per hour.

NA

Edit

Used to change the configuration


of SMSC accounts.

NA

Delete

Used to delete SMSC accounts.

NA

Redirection List

Used to view the list of SMSCs


that act as Fallback SMSCs for
message redirection.

NA

Source: Comviva

Click View List against the SMSC to view the Fallback SMSCs configured for the SMSC

account.

Figure 7-17: Redirection List

Creating SMSC Accounts using SMPP Protocol


The Short Message Peer to Peer (SMPP) protocol is a message transfer protocol that is used to transfer
messages from ESMEs to SMSRouter. SMPP is a widely accepted protocol across the ESME industry due
to its flexibility, performance and global acceptance. SMSRouter supports all the SMPP functionalities/
features as per specifications.
SMSC clients connect with SMSRouter over TCP/IP. After connecting to SMSRouter, the client sends a
BIND packet for authentication. SMSRouter verifies the account details of the ESME client. After
verification, it accepts the connection and responds with a positive acknowledgement. Once authenticated,

7 - 24

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

clients can send/receive messages through the configured accounts. One or more service numbers can be
configured for each ESME account.
Each message, operation or response sent through SMPP consists of a header and data. A packet
number is assigned to each message.
Syntax
Hexdump
00 00 00 3C 00 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 05 00 02 08 35 35 35 00 01 01
35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0F 48 65 6C 6C 6F
20 77 69 6B 69 70 65 64 69 61
PDU Header
'command_length', (60)... 00 00 00 3C
'command_id', (4)... 00 00 00 04
'command_status', (0)... 00 00 00 00
'sequence_number', (5)... 00 00 00 05
PDU Body
'service_type', ()... 00
'source_addr_ton', (2)... 02
'source_addr_npi', (8)... 08
'source_addr', (555)... 35 35 35 00
'dest_addr_ton', (1)... 01
'dest_addr_npi', (1)... 01
'dest_addr', (555555555)... 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 00
'esm_class', (0)... 00
'protocol_id', (0)... 00
'priority_flag', (0)... 00
'schedule_delivery_time', ()... 00
'validity_period', ()... 00
'registered_delivery', (0)... 00
'replace_if_present_flag', (0)... 00
'data_coding', (0)... 00
'sm_default_msg_id', (0)... 00
'sm_length', (15)... 0F
'short_message', (Hello wikipedia)... 48 65 6C 6C 6F 20 13 77 69 6B 69 70
65 64 69 61'

Generic Features

7 - 25N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
SMPP is a standard telecommunication protocol.
For more information on SMPP protocol specifications, refer to http://www.greennetwork.es/archivos/
SMPP_v34.pdf.

To configure an SMSC account to connect to SMSRouter through SMPP:

Rules Management> Redirection Accounts > Add SMSC Account

Figure 7-18: Add SMSC Account

Select Connection Type as SMPP.

7 - 26

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-19: Add SMSC Account - SMPP

The fields of the Add SMSC Account screen are explained in the table below:

Table 7-9: Add SMSC Account - SMPP Connection Type

Field
SMSC Account Name*

Description
Name of the SMPP account to
connect to SMSC.

Validation
Alphanumeric
Special

characters (&; * are


not allowed except for an
underscore.

Maximum

15 characters

SMSC Details

Description of the SMSC.

Maximum 20 characters

Message Redirection (Per Sec.)

Number of messages redirected


to the SMSC after every second.

Numeric

Number of messages redirected


to the Fallback SMSC after every
minute.

NA

*
Message Redirection (Per Min)

values only.

Maximum

15 digits.

The value is automatically


populated when Message
Redirection (Per Sec.) is
entered.
Generic Features

7 - 27N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-9: Add SMSC Account - SMPP Connection Type

Field

Description

Message Redirection (Per Hour)

Number of messages redirected


to the Fallback SMSC after every
hour.

Validation
NA

The value is automatically


populated when Message
Redirection (Per Min) is
entered.
Connection Type*

Type of connection between


SMSRouter and SMSC.

NA

SMPP Host*

IP address of the SMPP server.

Valid address.

SMPP Port*

Port to connect to the SMPP


server.

Value should be between 1023


and 65535

SMPP User Name*

User name to log on to the


SMPP server.

NA

SMPP Password*

Password to log on to the


application.

NA

System Type*

System type from which the


SMPP client requests for
connection to SMSRouter to
transmit messages.

Alphanumeric

For example, enter VMA for


Voice Mail Application or Bulk for
BULK SMS.

Case

Address Range

Set of short codes to access the


SMSC account. The SMSC
account handles all messages
sent to the short codes defined in
the address range.

Minimum two digits

Maximum Pending*

Maximum number of messages


that can be queued for delivery to
destination.

NA

Transceiver Mode*

Indicates whether SMSRouter


receives and transmits
messages:

NA

Special

characters (&; *)are


not allowed except for an
underscore.
sensitive

True
False

7 - 28

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-9: Add SMSC Account - SMPP Connection Type

Field
Keep Alive (In Sec.)

Description

Source Address TON*

Validation

Duration for which dummy data


packets are to be sent (over the
SMPP client to SMSC) from
SMSRouter to the SMPP server
to keep the SMPP connection
alive.

NA

Type of Number (TON) of the


SMPP client application:

NA

International
National
Network

Specific

Subscriber
Alphanumeric
Abbreviated
Extension

Source Address NPI*

Numbering Plan Indicator (NPI)


for the SMPP client application
source address:

NA

E164
X121
Telex
National
Private
Ermes
Extension

Destination Address TON*

Destination address Type Of


Number of the SMPP client
application. Select any one
Destination Address TON:

NA

International
National
Network

Specific

Subscriber
Alphanumeric
Abbreviated
Extension

Generic Features

7 - 29N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-9: Add SMSC Account - SMPP Connection Type

Field
Destination Address NPI*

Description
Numbering Plan Indicator (NPI)
of the SMPP client application
destination address:

Validation
NA

E164
X121
Telex
National
Private
Ermes
Extension

Message ID Type*

Message ID received from


SMSC in response to the Submit
SM query. This ID varies from
SMSC to SMSC. It can be a
value or string.

NA

Values can be:


0:

Both submit SM and deliver


SM contain a decimal message ID.

1:

Submit SM response contains a decimal message ID


and deliver SM contains a
HEX message ID.

2:

Submit SM response contains a HEX message ID and


deliver SM contains a decimal
message ID.

3:

Both submit SM and deliver


SM contains HEX message
ID.
Source: Comviva

Note
If the type of NPI is not known, select Unknown.

Enter the following details:


Enter the SMSC account name in SMSC Account Name.
Enter information about the SMSC in SMSC Details.
Enter the number of messages redirected to the SMSC after every second in Message

Redirection (Per Sec.). Message Redirection (Per Min) and Message Redirection (Per

7 - 30

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Hour) are automatically populated based on the value entered in Message Redirection (Per
Sec.).
Enter the IP address of the SMPP server in SMPP Host.
Enter the port to connect to the server in SMPP Port.
Enter the SMPP login user name in SMPP User Name.
Enter the SMPP login password in SMPP Password.
Enter the type of application connected to SMSRouter in System Type.
Enter the short codes to access the SMSC Account in Address Range.
Enter the maximum number of messages that can be kept in queue in Maximum Pending.
In Transceiver mode, select any one of the following values:
False:
True:

Select if SMSRouter should only send messages.

Select if SMSRouter should send and receive messages.

Enter the duration for which dummy data packets are to be exchanged between SMSRouter

and SMPP server to keep the connection alive in Keep Alive messages.
Select the type of source address of the SMPP client application. The source address has

three parts:
Type

of Number (TON)

Numbering
Source

Plan Indicator (NPI)

Address

Select the Source Address NPI. This field gives the Numbering Plan Indicator (NPI) for the

SMPP client application source address. There are seven types of Source Address Number
Plan indicators:
E164
X121
TELEX
NATIONAL
PRIVATE
ERMES
EXTENSION

Note
Refer to GSM 03.40, Technical realization of the
Short Message Service Specifications for details
on TON and NPI types.
Select Destination Address TON. It specifies the destination address type for the SMPP client

application. The destination address comprises of three parts:


Type

of Number (TON)

Numbering
Source

Plan Indicator (NPI)

Address

There are seven types of Destination Address Number plans:


International
National
Generic Features

7 - 31N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Network

Specific

Subscriber
Alphanumeric
Abbreviated
Extension

Select Destination Address NPI. The Destination Address NPI specifies the Numbering Plan

Indicator (NPI) of the SMPP client application destination address. There are seven types of
Destination Address Number Plan indicators:
E164
X121
TELEX
NATIONAL
PRIVATE
ERMES
EXTENSION

Click Done to save the changes.

Creating SMSC Accounts using UCP Protocol


Universal Computer Protocol (UCP) is a message transfer protocol that is used to transfer messages from
ESMEs to SMSRouter. UCP is a new protocol that is now increasingly used in the ESME industry.
SMSRouter supports all the functionalities/features as per specifications.
UCP clients connect over the TCP/IP interface. After the connection is established with SMSRouter, the
client sends an OP-60 packet for authentication. SMSRouter verifies the account details with the details
stored in the server. After verification, it accepts the connection and responds back with an positive
acknowledgement. Once authenticated, the client can send/receive messages through the configured
accounts. One or more service numbers can be connected with each account. SMSRouter supports
different types/categories of messages (refer to section Binary Message Support).
Syntax of Messages sent over UCP protocol
^B01/00045/O/30/66677789///1//////68656C6C6F/CE^C
^B01/00041/R/30/A//6667778UniversalComputerProtocol9:1805941 41236/F3^C
The beginning of the message packet is signaled by ^B (STX, hex 02) and the end by ^C (ETX, hex 03).
The fields within the packet are separated by the special character / .
The first four fields form the mandatory header. The third field (text in pink) is the operation type (O for
operation, R for result), and the fourth (text in blue) is the operation code (30 here means short message
transfer).
The subsequent fields are dependent on the type of operation. In the above syntax, 66677789 (text in
green) is the recipient's number and 68656C6C6F (text in red) is the content of the message. The second
line is the response with a matching transaction reference number, where 'A' (text in yellow) indicates that

7 - 32

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

SMSRouter has successfully acknowledged the message, and a timestamp is suffixed to the phone
number to display the time of delivery.

Note
UCP is a standard telecommunication protocol. For
more information on UCP protocol specifications,
refer to http://www.nowsms.com/discus/messages/
1/EMI_UCP_Specification_40-8156.pdf.

To configure an ESME account to connect to SMSRouter through UCP:

Rules Management> Redirection Accounts > Add SMSC Account

Figure 7-20: Add SMSC Account

Select Connection Type as UCP.

Generic Features

7 - 33N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-21: Add SMSC Account - UCP

The following table lists the fields of the Add SMSC Account screen:

Table 7-10: Add SMSC Account - UCP Connection Type

Field
SMSC Account Name*

Description
Name of the UCP account to
connect to SMSC.

Validation
Alphanumeric
Special

characters (&; *)are


not allowed except for an
underscore.

Maximum

15 characters

SMSC Details

Description of the SMSC.

Maximum 20 characters

Message Redirection (Per Sec.)

Number of messages redirected


to the SMSC after every second.

Numeric

Number of messages redirected


to the Fallback SMSC after every
minute.

Numeric

*
Message Redirection (Per Min)

Maximum

15 digits

values

Maximum

15 digits

The value gets automatically


populated when Message
Redirection (Per Sec.) is
entered.

7 - 34

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-10: Add SMSC Account - UCP Connection Type

Field

Description

Message Redirection (Per Hour)

Number of messages redirected


to the Fallback SMSC after every
hour.

Validation

Numeric values only.

Maximum

15 digits.

The value gets automatically


populated when Message
Redirection (Per Min) is
entered.
Connection Type*

Type of connection between


SMSRouter and SMSC.

NA

UCP Host*

IP address of the machine


hosting the UCP server.

Valid address

UCP Port*

Port number of the machine


hosting the UCP server.

Value should be between 1023


and 65535.

Alternate Host

Alternate IP address of the


machine hosting the UCP server.

Valid IP address

Alternate Port

Alternate port number of the


machine hosting the UCP server.

Valid port number

Our Host

IP address of the machine


hosting SMSRouter.

Valid IP address

Our Port

Port number of the machine


hosting SMSRouter.

Value should be between 1023


and 65535.

Receive Port

Port on which the UCP client


listens to the TCP/IP connection.
SMSC connects to this port for
sending messages. This is
required if the SMSC needs a
separate connection to send and
receive messages.

Value should be between 1023


and 65535.

UCP User Name*

User name to log on the UCP


server.

NA

UCP Password*

Password to log on the UCP


server.

NA

Duration for which dummy data


packets are to be sent (over the
UCP client to SMSC) from
SMSRouter to the UCP server to
keep UCP connection alive.

NA

Duration after which the


connection between the SMSC
and the UCP client closes if there
is no activity.

NA

Keep Alive (In Sec.)

Idle Time-out

Generic Features

7 - 35N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-10: Add SMSC Account - UCP Connection Type

Field
Flow control

Description
Flow control is the process of
managing the rate of data
transmission between two nodes
to prevent a fast sender from
over running a slow receiver.

Validation
NA

SMSRouter supports two modes


of flow control for messages:
Stop-and-wait

protocol

Window

In case of the Stop-and-wait


protocol, new messages are not
sent before receiving the
response of previous messages.
In the Window mode, a
maximum of n number of
messages can be sent without
waiting for a response.
Window

If the value of flow-control is


zero, the External Machine
Interface (EMI) works in the
Window flow control mode. This
variable defines the number of
messages that can be sent
without waiting for a response.

NA

Wait Back

Indicates the action to be taken if


the acknowledgement of a
message expires.

NA

Possible values:
0x00:

disconnect/reconnect

0x01:

present connection status remains unchanged


(default)

Re-queue

Source: Comviva

Enter the SMSC account name in SMSC Account Name.


Enter information about the SMSC in SMSC Details.
Enter the number of messages redirected to the SMSC after every second in Message

Redirection (Per Sec.). Message Redirection (Per Min) and Message Redirection (Per
Hour) are automatically populated based on the value entered in Message Redirection (Per
Sec.).
Enter the IP address of the UCP server in UCP Host.
Enter the port to connect to the UCP server in UCP Port.

7 - 36

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Enter the alternate IP address of the machine hosting the UCP server in Alternate Host.
Enter the alternate port number of the machine hosting the UCP server in Alternate Port.
Enter the IP address of the machine hosting SMSRouter in Our Host.
Enter the port number of the machine hosting SMSRouter in Our Port.
Enter the port number of the machine on which the UCP client listens to TCP/IP connection in

Receive Port.
Enter the UCP login user name in UCP User Name.
Enter the UCP login password in UCP Password.
Enter the duration for which dummy data packets are to be exchanged between SMSRouter

and UCP server to keep the connection alive in Keep Alive Messages.
Enter the duration of Idle Time-out.
Enter the Flow Control mode.
Enter the size of the Window used to send messages.
Enter the action to be taken in case the acknowledgement of a message expires in Wait Back.
Click Done to save the changes.

Creating SMSC Accounts using CIMD Protocol


Computer Interface to Message Distribution (CIMD) protocol is a dedicated data exchange protocol for
connecting ESMEs to the SMSC and USSD center. The CIMD2 interface is suitable for client applications
that send and retrieve messages over TCP/IP sockets. SMSRouter supports all the functionalities/features
as per the specifications of CIMD2.
Syntax
<STX>03:007<TAB>021:12345678<TAB>033:hello<TAB><ETX>
<STX>53:007<TAB>021:12345678<TAB>060:971107131212<TAB><ETX>
Each packet starts with STX (hex 02) and ends with ETX (hex 03). The content of the packet consists of
fields separated by TAB (hex 09). Each field, in turn, consists of a parameter type, a colon (:), and the
parameter value. Note that the last field should also be terminated with a TAB before ETX.
The two-digit parameter (text in green) is the operation code and each message should have only one
operation code. The number after the operation code is the sequence number used to match an operation
to its response. The response code (acknowledgement) of the message is equal to the operation code plus
50 as can be seen in the response message.
In the example above, the operation code 03 indicates that the message type is submit message. The field
021 defines the destination address (telephone number) and field 033 is the user data (content) of the
message.
The response code 53 indicates that the message was accepted. If the message fails, SMSRouter replies
with an error code.

Generic Features

7 - 37N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
CIMD is a proprietary protocol of Nokia.

To configure an ESME account to connect to SMSRouter through CIMD:


Rules Management> Redirection Accounts > Add SMSC Account

Figure 7-22: Add SMSC Account

Select Connection Type as CIMD.

Figure 7-23: Add SMSC Account - CIMD

The following table lists the fields of the Add SMSC Account screen:
7 - 38

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-11: Add SMSC Account -CIMD Connection Type

Field
SMSC Account Name*

Description
Name of the CIMD account to
connect to SMSC.

Validation
Alphanumeric
Special

characters such as &;


* are not allowed except for an
underscore.

Maximum

15 characters

SMSC Details

Description of the SMSC.

Maximum 20 characters

Message Redirection (Per Sec.)

Number of messages redirected


to the SMSC after every second.

Numeric

Number of messages redirected


to the Fallback SMSC after every
minute.

Numeric

*
Message Redirection (Per Min)

Maximum

Maximum

15 digits

15 digits

The value gets automatically


populated when Message
Redirection (Per Sec.) is
entered.
Message Redirection (Per Hour)

Number of messages redirected


to the Fallback SMSC after every
hour.

Numeric

Maximum

15 digits

The value gets automatically


populated when Message
Redirection (Per Min) is
entered.
Connection Type*

Type of connection between


SMSRouter and SMSC.

NA

SMSRouter supports five types


of connections: Database,
SMPP, UCP, CIMD, and SMPP
Extended.
CIMD Host*

IP address of the machine


hosting the CIMD server.

Valid address

CIMD Port*

Port number of the machine


hosting the CIMD server.

Value should be between 1023


and 65535

CIMD User Name*

User name to log on to the CIMD


server.

NA

CIMD Password*

Password to log on to the CIMD


server.

NA

Generic Features

7 - 39N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-11: Add SMSC Account -CIMD Connection Type

Field

Description

Our Port

Keep Alive (In Sec.)

Reconnect Delay*

Validation

Port number of the machine


hosting SMSRouter.

Value should be between 1023


and 65535

Duration for which dummy data


packets are to be sent (over the
CIMD client to SMSRouter) from
SMSRouter to the CIMD server
to keep CIMD connection alive.

NA

Time (in seconds) between two


retries to connect to the server.

Data Type: Numeric


Source: Comviva

Enter the SMSC account name in SMSC Account Name.


Enter information about the SMSC in SMSC Details.
Enter the number of messages redirected to the SMSC after every second in Message

Redirection (Per Sec.). Message Redirection (Per Min) and Message Redirection (Per
Hour) are automatically populated based on the value entered in Message Redirection (Per
Sec.).
Enter the IP address of the UCP server in CIMD Host.
Enter the port to connect to the UCP server in CIMD Port.
Enter the port number of the machine hosting SMSRouter in Our Port.
Enter the CIMD login user name in CIMD User Name.
Enter the CIMD login password in CIMD Password.
Enter the duration for which dummy data packets are to be exchanged between SMSRouter

and the CIMD server to keep the connection alive in Keep Alive Messages.
Enter the duration of Reconnect Delay.
Click Done to save the changes.

Creating SMSC Accounts using SS7 Protocol


Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) is a set of telephony signaling protocols which are used to set up most
of the world's public switched telephone network telephone calls. Other uses include number translation,
prepaid billing mechanisms, short message service (SMS), and a variety of other mass market services.
There is only one international SS7 protocol defined by ITU-T in its Q.700-series recommendations. There
are however, many national variants of the SS7 protocols.
The Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) has also defined level 2, 3, and 4 protocols that are
compatible with SS7 MTP2 (M2UA and M2PA) MTP3 (M3UA) and SCCP (SUA), but use an SCTP
transport mechanism. This suite of protocols is called SIGTRAN.
To configure an ESME account to connect to SMSRouter through CIMD:

7 - 40

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Rules Management> Redirection Accounts > Add SMSC Account

Figure 7-24: Add SMSC Account

Select Connection Type as SS7.

Figure 7-25: Add SMSC Account - SS7

The following table lists the fields of the Add SMSC Account screen:

Table 7-12: Add SMSC Account -SS7 Connection Type

Field
SMSC Account Name*

Description
Name of the CIMD account to
connect to SMSC.

Validation
Alphanumeric
Special

characters ( &; * )are


not allowed except for an
underscore.

Maximum

Generic Features

15 characters

7 - 41N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-12: Add SMSC Account -SS7 Connection Type

Field
Connection Type*

Description
Type of connection between
SMSRouter and SMSC.

Validation
NA

SMSRouter supports five types


of connections: SMPP, UCP,
CIMD, and SS7.
GT Address

GT Address Type

Address of the receiving node to


which the MO-FSM is realyed.

Numeric

Type of node for which message


is relayed:

NA

Maximum

21 digits

VMSC
SGSN

Type
Source: Comviva

Enter the SMSC account name in SMSC Account Name.


Enter the address of the receiving node in GT Address.
Select the type of the receiving node in GT Address Type.
VMSC
SGSN

Click Done to save changes.

Deleting SMSC Accounts


Existing SMSC accounts can be deleted.
To delete SMSC accounts:
Rules Management> Redirection Accounts

Click Delete to delete the SMSC account. A pop-up window appears to reconfirm deletion.

7 - 42

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-26: Redirection Account List

Click OK to confirm deletion.

If an SMSC account is part of the Redirection list, it cannot be deleted. It can only be deleted when the
SMSC account is removed from the Redirection list. If you attempt deletion, an error message is displayed.

7.2.6 Balancing Load & Managing Redirection Lists


Most of the Operators face challenges while deploying SMSCs in a cost-effective and intelligent manner.
In most cases, one of the following approaches is taken:
Multiple MSCs connected to multiple SMSCs: In this situation, there is a high probability of one

SMSC being over-utilized while the others being under-utilized.


MSC handling load balancing in a round-robin manner: In this case, all the SMSCs should have

the same capacity to effectively handle high message volumes. In this mode, messages are
distributed to the SMSCs in a round-robin mode to balance the load.
To effectively manage load, the messages are redirected to the Fallback SMSCs based on the selected
redirection mode. To implement redirection, a list of Fallback SMSCs is created. Messages are redirected
based on the selected mode of redirection to the SMSCs in the Redirection list. Redirection can be based
on one of the following modes:
Round Robin: In this mode, messages are redirected in the order of SMSCs configured in
SMSRouter. For example, if there are three SMSCs in SMSRouter, the first message is
redirected to the first Fallback SMSC, the second message to the second Fallback SMSC, the
third message is redirected to the third Fallback SMSC and the fourth to the first Fallback
SMSC.
Priority: SMSCs are assigned a priority level. All the messages are directed to the SMSC with

the highest priority till the SMSC reaches its maximum message threshold limit, after which
messages are sent to the SMSC with the next priority level.
Percentage: Based on the percentage of messages allowed per SMSC, a given percentage of

messages are redirected to each SMSC. Percent based load balancing also supports
configurable sampling rates, which helps the Operator to fine tune SMSRouter.

Creating Redirection Lists


Redirection lists are created to redirect messages to SMSCs when message delivery fails in the first
attempt. A redirection list contains the SMSCs to which messages are to be redirected.

Rules Management> Redirection List > Add Redirection List


To create a redirection list of SMSCs for a Round Robin or Priority based redirection mode:

Generic Features

7 - 43N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-27: Add Redirection List

Note
The Add Redirection List screen differs based on
the redirection type. The screens are the same for
Round Robin and Priority modes but different for
the Percentage mode.

The fields of the screen are described in the table below:

Table 7-13: Add Redirection List Round Robin or Priority Redirection Type

Field
Redirection List Name*

Description
Name of the redirection list.

Validation
Maximum
Should

20 characters

begin with an alpha-

bet.

7 - 44

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-13: Add Redirection List Round Robin or Priority Redirection Type

Field
Redirection List Type*

Description
Indicates the type of redirection.
Message redirection is based on
the type of protocol used for
redirection of messages: IP or
SS7.

Validation
NA

Redirection can be of the


following types:
ESME:

If ESME is selected,
the SMSC accounts connected over SMPP/CIMD/
UCP get populated in the
SMSC list.

SS7:

If SS7 is selected, the


SMSCs connected over SS7
get populated in the SMSC
list.

Redirection Type*

Type of redirection.

NA

There are three types of


redirection modes:
Round

Robin

Priority
Percentage

Source: Comviva

To add an SMSC to the redirection list, select the Fallback SMSC from the list box on the left.
Click Add. The SMSC is added to the list box on the right.
To remove an SMSC from the list, select the SMSC to be deleted from the list box on the right.

Click Remove.
Click Done to save the changes.

To create a redirection list of SMSCs when the mode of redirection is Percentage:

Generic Features

7 - 45N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-28: Add Redirection List - Percentage

The fields of the Add Redirection List screen are described in the table below:

Table 7-14: Add Redirection List - Percentage

Field
Redirection List Name

Description
Name of the redirection list.

Validation
Maximum 20 characters
Should begin with an alphabet.

Redirection List Type*

Indicates the type of redirection.


Message redirection is based on
the type of protocol used for
redirection of messages: IP or
SS7.

NA

Redirection can be of the


following types:
ESME:

If ESME is selected,
the SMSC accounts connected over SMPP/CIMD/
UCP get populated in the
SMSC list.

SS7:

If SS7 is selected, the


SMSCs connected over SS7
get populated in the SMSC
list.

Redirection Type

Type of redirection.

NA

There are 3 types of redirection


modes:
Round

Robin

Priority
Percentage

7 - 46

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-14: Add Redirection List - Percentage

Field
Sample Value

Description
Percentage of messages (out of
the total number of messages
received by SMSRouter) to be
redirected to the configured
Fallback SMSCs.

Validation
NA

Source: Comviva

Enter the percentage of messages to be redirected to the Fallback SMSC in Sample Value. For

example, a sample value of 40 indicates that 40 percent of the messages received by


SMSRouter is to be redirected to the Fallback SMSCs.
To add SMSCs to the redirection list, select the Fallback SMSCs from the list box on the left and

click Add. The SMSCs are added to the list box on the right.
To remove an SMSC from the list, select the SMSC to be deleted from the list box on the right.

Click Remove.
Click Done.

Figure 7-29: Add Percentages

For each Fallback SMSC, enter the traffic (in percentage) to be redirected. The value added for

each SMSC in the list should equal 100.


Click Done to save the changes.

Note
You cannot add two Redirection lists with the same
name.

Viewing Redirection Lists


The Redirection List option is used to view the existing redirection lists.
To view redirection lists:

Generic Features

7 - 47N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Rules Management> Redirection List

Figure 7-30:Redirection List

The following table lists the fields of the Redirection List screen:

Table 7-15: Redirection List

Field

Description

Validation

Redirection List Name

Name of the redirection list.

NA

Redirection Type

Type of redirection. There are 3


types of redirection modes:

NA

Round

Robin

Priority
Percentage

Edit

Used to edit redirection lists

NA

Delete

Used to delete redirection lists.

NA

Rules

Used to display the rules


applicable to a redirection list.
Source: Comviva

Deleting Redirection Lists


You can delete existing redirection lists.
To delete redirection lists:
Rules Management> Redirection List

7 - 48

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-31: Redirection List - Delete

Click Delete against the redirection list to be deleted. A pop-up window appears to reconfirm the

operation.
Click OK.

If the redirection list is part of the configured rules, the list cannot be deleted. If you attempt to delete it, an
error message appears.

Figure 7-32: Error in Redirection List Deletion

To delete the Redirection list, remove the list from the rules configured in the system.

7.3 Performance Analysis


Operator can to monitor the performance of the SMSRouter system. Key performance matrix can be
continuously monitored to improve efficiency and solve problems in the delivery mechanism. The features
to monitor system performance are discussed in the subsequent sections.

7.3.1 Viewing Message Delivery Attempts


The MDA option is used to view the graphical report of message delivery attempts made by SMSRouter in
a given second.
To view message delivery attempts:
Performance Management > MDA

Generic Features

7 - 49N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-33: Message Delivery Report

7.3.2 Viewing Message Statistics


The Statistics option displays the yearly, monthly, daily and hourly logs of SMS traffic. The logs display
the messages successfully transmitted, messages that are redirected, and the error messages with
respect to the total messages transmitted to SMSRouter. Statistical reports are useful to understand
message errors, analyze network capacity and strategize service planning.
Depending on Operator needs and marketing strategies, statistical reports for traffic volumes can be
accessed monthly, daily and hourly.
The SMSRouter system generates the following types of reports:
Number of delivery attempts
Number

of delivered messages

Number

of failed messages

SRI

counters

Number

of MT messages

Number

of messages submitted by ESME

Number

of messages submitted to ESME

ESME
Peak

account wise report (MO is treated as an account)

hour traffic details

SMSRouter
SS7

report on direct delivery/ second attempt

(MAP) error based report

Viewing Statistics in Different Formats


The Operator can view message statistics in the following formats:
Tabular
Graphical
Line

7 - 50

Graph

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Bar

Graph

Spreadsheet

Tabular Format
By default, data is displayed as rows and columns where rows show the actual data while the columns list
the parameters of the respective message transfers.
To view statistics:

Performance Management > Statistics

Figure 7-34: View Statistics - Tabular Format

Graphical
To view data in a graphical format, select Chart Type and click Show Graph.
There are three chart types:
Line: The Line chart type displays tabular data in the form of a Line graph.

Figure 7-35: View Statistics - Line Chart Type

Generic Features

7 - 51N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Bar: The Bar chart type displays tabular data in the form of a Bar graph.

Figure 7-36: View Statistics - Bar Chart Type

3D Column: The 3D Column displays data as a three-dimensional image and the data is

displayed in an animated form.

Figure 7-37: View Statistics - 3-D Chart Type

7 - 52

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Spreadsheet
To view tabular data in an Excel sheet, click the Convert To Excel link.

Figure 7-38: View Statistics - Spreadsheet

Yearly Statistics
Yearly Statistics generates a statistical report of the SMS traffic pattern for different years. For each year,
the report displays the total number of P2P, P2A and A2P messages successfully transmitted by SMSRouter
and the number of delivery reports received by SMSRouter.

To view yearly statistics:

Performance Management > Statistics

Figure 7-39: Yearly Statistics

Generic Features

7 - 53N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

The following table lists the report columns of the Yearly Statistics screen.

Table 7-16: Yearly Statistics

Column
Year

Description
Year for which the data is shown.
The values are hyper linked to
show the message statistics for
the selected year.

Validation
NA

For example, on clicking 2009,


the message statistics for the
year 2009 is displayed.
P2P

Displays the number of Personto-Person (P2P) messages sent.

NA

P2A

Displays the number of Personto-Application (P2A) messages


sent.

NA

A2P

Displays the number of


Application-to-Person (A2P)
messages sent.

NA

Feature SMS

Displays the number of feature


SMS messages (flash SMS and
Intermediate Delivery Report)
generated.

DLVR Reports

Total number of delivery reports


sent by SMSRouter.

NA

Total

Total number of messages


transmitted (whether successful
or unsuccessful).

NA

Source: Comviva

Select Chart Type to display data graphically.


Click the Convert To Excel link to save data as a spreadsheet file.
Click Back to return to the previous screen.

Yearly Delivery Report Statistics


This report displays the annual delivery report statistics for the messages transmitted by SMSRouter.

7 - 54

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-40: Delivery Report Yearly Statistics

The following table lists the report columns of the Yearly Delivery Report Statistics screen.

Table 7-17: Yearly Statistics

Column
Year

Description
Year for which the data is shown.
The values are hyper linked to
show the message statistics for
the selected year.

Validation
NA

For example, on clicking 2009,


the message statistics for the
year 2009 is displayed.
Success

Displays the total number


Delivery reports for successfully
delivered messages.

NA

Redirect

Displays the total number of


Delivery reports for redirected
messages.

NA

Error

Displays the total number of error


reports.

NA

Total

Total number of Delivery reports


transmitted (whether successful
or unsuccessful).

NA

Source: Comviva

Generic Features

7 - 55N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Yearly P 2 P Statistics
The report gives the total number of:
successfully transmitted P2P messages
redirected P2P messages
error messages
P2P messages

Figure 7-41: Yearly P2P Statistics

The following table lists thereport columns of the Yearly P2P Statistics screen.

Table 7-18: Yearly P2P Statistics

Column
Year

Description
Year for which the data is shown.
The values are hyper linked to
show the message statistics for
the selected year.

Validation
NA

For example, on clicking 2009,


the message statistics for the
year 2009 is displayed.

7 - 56

Success

Displays the total number of


successfully delivered
messages.

NA

Redirect

Displays the total number of


successfully redirected
messages.

NA

Error

Displays the statistics of


messages, which are not
successfully transmitted.

NA

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-18: Yearly P2P Statistics

Column
Total

Description
Total number of messages
transmitted (whether successful
or unsuccessful).

Validation
NA

Source: Comviva

Yearly P 2 P Statistics for Errors


This report displays the yearly error statistics for P2P messages.

Figure 7-42: Error Detail

The screen displays the error count and the error description for the different type of errors.

Monthly Statistics
Monthly statistics generates the SMS traffic pattern statistics on a monthly basis.
Generic Features

7 - 57N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

To view monthly statistics:

Performance Management > Statistics > Year

Figure 7-43: View Monthly Statistics

The following table lists the report column of the Monthly Statistics screen.

Table 7-19: Monthly Statistics

Column

Description

Validation

Month

Month for which the data is


shown. The values are hyper
linked to show the message
statistics for the selected month.

NA

P2P

Displays the number of Personto-Person (P2P) messages sent.

NA

P2A

Displays the number of Personto-Application (P2A) messages


sent.

NA

A2P

Displays the number of


Application-to-Person (A2P)
messages sent.

NA

DLVR Reports

Arranges the statistics report in


an ascending or descending
order.

NA

Total

Total number of messages


transmitted (whether successful
or unsuccessful).

NA

Source: Comviva

7 - 58

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Daily Statistics
Daily statistics generates the SMS traffic pattern statistics on a daily basis.
To view daily statistics:

Performance Management > Statistics > Year > Month

Figure 7-44: View Daily Statistics

The following table report columns the fields of the Daily Statistics screen.

Table 7-20: Daily Statistics

Columns

Description

Validation

Date

Date for which the data is shown.


The values are hyper linked to
show the message statistics for
the selected date.

NA

P2P

Displays the number of Personto-Person (P2P) messages sent.

NA

P2A

Displays the number of Personto-Application (P2A) messages


sent.

NA

Generic Features

7 - 59N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-20: Daily Statistics

Columns

Description

Validation

A2P

Displays the number of


Application-to-Person (A2P)
messages sent.

NA

DLVR Reports

Arranges the statistics report in


an ascending or descending
order.

NA

Total

Total number of messages


transmitted (whether successful
or unsuccessful).

NA

Source: Comviva

Hourly Statistics
Hourly statistics generates the hourly SMS traffic pattern statistics.
To view hourly statistics:

Performance Management > Statistics > Year > Month > Date

Figure 7-45: View Hourly Statistics

7 - 60

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-21: Hourly Statistics

Column

Description

Hour

Hour for which the data is shown.


For example, value 12 in Hour

Validation
NA

field implies 12th Hour of the day.


P2P

Displays the number of Personto-Person (P2P) messages sent.

NA

P2A

Displays the number of Personto-Application (P2A) messages


sent.

NA

A2P

Displays the number of


Application-to-Person (A2P)
messages sent.

NA

DLVR Reports

Arranges the statistics report in


an ascending or descending
order.

NA

Total

Total number of messages


transmitted (whether successful
or unsuccessful).

NA

Source: Comviva

7.3.3 Viewing Message Redirection Statistics


The Message Redirection Statistics option is used to generate a report on the total number of successful
and failed redirected messages for a given year, month and/or date. The data is displayed SMSC-wise.

Viewing Statistics in Different Formats


You can view statistics in three formats:
Tabular
Graphical
Line
Bar

Graph

Graph

Three

dimensional form

Spreadsheet

Generic Features

7 - 61N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Redirection Statistics for a Year, Month and/or Date


To view the redirection statistics:

Performance Management > Redirection Statistics

Figure 7-46: View Redirection Based Statistics

The following table lists the report columns of the Redirection Based Statistics screen:

Table 7-22: Redirection Based Statistics

Column

Description

Validation

SMSC Name

Name of the Fallback SMSC to


which the messages are
redirected. The values are hyper
linked to show the message
statistics for the selected SMSC
account.

NA

Success

Number of message successfully


redirected to the Fallback
SMSCs.

NA

Error

Number of error messages. The


values are hyper linked to show
the statistics of messages, which
are not successfully transmitted
for the selected SMSC account.

NA

Total

Total number of messages


transmitted (whether successful
or unsuccessful).

NA

Source: Comviva

7 - 62

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

To view the success or error statistics for a given period select day, month and year from the

DD, MM, YYYY list respectively.


Select Success or Error.
Click Submit.

To view statistics for a given redirect account and year:


Click a data value in the SMSC Name column to view the yearly statistics for the selected
SMSC (Refer to Figure : View Redirection Based Statistics).

Figure 7-47: Yearly Statistics

Click a year to view the monthly statistics for the given year.

Figure 7-48: Monthly Statistics

Note
For field descriptions, refer to Redirection Based
Statistics. table.

Note
The View Statistics Graphically option is disabled.
Generic Features

7 - 63N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Click a month to view the daily statistics for the given month.

Figure 7-49: Daily Statistics

Click on a value in the Error column to view the number of errors of each type.

Figure 7-50: Error Statistics

The screen displays the error count and error description for different type of errors.

7.3.4 Viewing Network-based Message Statistics


Network-based message statistics display SMS transmission patterns for a specific network Operator.
Operator-wise statistics of successfully transmitted messages, redirected messages, and error messages
can be viewed.

Viewing Statistics in Different Formats


You can view statistics in three formats:
Tabular
Graphical
Line
Bar

Graph

Graph

Three

7 - 64

dimensional form

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Spreadsheet

Network Statistics for a Year, Month and/or Date


To view network statistics:
Performance Management > Network Statistics

Figure 7-51: View Network Statistics

The following table lists the report columns of the Network Statistics screen:

Table 7-23: Network Statistics

Column

Description

Validation

Operator ID

Name of the network Operator


that transmits messages to
SMSRouter. The values are
hyper linked to show the
message statistics for the
selected network Operator.

NA

Success

Number of messages
successfully delivered.

NA

Generic Features

7 - 65N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-23: Network Statistics

Column
Redirect

Description
Number of message
transmissions redirected to the
Fallback SMSCs.

Validation
NA

Messages may or may not be


successfully redirected. The
errors may be due to network
congestion or overloading of the
Fallback SMSC.
The field appears as a link to
show the redirected message
statistics for the selected
Operator.
Error

Number of error messages. The


field values appear as a link to
show the messages, which are
not successfully transmitted for
the selected Operator.

NA

Total

Total number of messages


transmitted (whether successful
or unsuccessful).

NA

Source: Comviva

To view the success or error or redirect statistics for a given period select day, month and year

from the DD, MM, YYYY list respectively.


Select Success or Redirect or Error or All.
Click Submit.

To view the statistics for a given Operator:


Click a data value in the Operator ID column to view the yearly statistics for the selected
Operator. (Refer to Figure : View Network Statistics)

Figure 7-52: Yearly Statistics

7 - 66

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
For field descriptions, refer to Network Statistics
table.
Click a year to view the monthly statistics for the given year.

Figure 7-53: Monthly Statistics

Click a month to view the daily statistics for the given month.

Figure 7-54: Daily Statistics

Click on the Error field to view the total number of errors of each error type.

Generic Features

7 - 67N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-55: Error Statistics

7.3.5 Viewing VMSC-based Message Statistics


VMSC-based message statistics display SMS transmission patterns from a specific VMSC. Operator-wise
statistics of successfully transmitted messages, redirected messages, and error messages can be viewed.

Viewing Statistics in Different Formats


You can view statistics in three formats:
Tabular
Graphical
Line
Bar

Graph

Graph

Three

dimensional form

Spreadsheet

VMSC Statistics for a Year, Month and/or Date


To view VMSC statistics:
Performance Management > VMSC Statistics

7 - 68

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-56: VMSC Statistics

The following table lists the report columns of the VMSC Statistics screen:

Table 7-24: VMSC Statistics

Column

Description

Validation

VMSC

Name of the VMSC from which


the messages are transmitted.

NA

Operator ID

Name of the network Operator


that transmits messages to
SMSRouter. The values are
hyper linked to show the
message statistics for the
selected network Operator.

NA

Success

Number of messages
successfully delivered.

NA

Redirect

Number of message
transmissions redirected to the
Fallback SMSCs.

NA

Messages may or may not be


successfully redirected. The
errors may be due to network
congestion or overloading of the
Fallback SMSC.
The field appears as a link to
show the redirected message
statistics for the selected VMSC

Generic Features

7 - 69N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-24: VMSC Statistics

Column

Description

Validation

Error

Number of error messages. The


field values appear as a link to
show the messages, which are
not successfully transmitted for
the selected VMSC.

NA

Total

Total number of messages


transmitted (whether successful
or unsuccessful).

NA

Source: Comviva

To view the success/error/redirect statistics for a given period select day, month and year from

the DD, MM, YYYY list respectively.


Select Su cess or Redirect or Error or All.
Click Submit.

To view the statistics for a given VMSC:


Click a data value in the VMSC column to view the yearly statistics for the selected Operator.
(Refer to Figure : VMSC Statistics)

Figure 7-57: Yearly Statistics

Note
For field descriptions, refer to VMSC Statistics
table.
Click a year to view the monthly statistics for the given year.

7 - 70

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-58: Monthly Statistics

Click a month to view the daily statistics for the given month.

Figure 7-59: Daily Statistics

Click on the Error field to view the total number of errors of each error type.

Figure 7-60: Error Statistics

7.3.6 Viewing IMSI-based Message Statistics


IMSI-based message statistics display SMS transmission patterns to a specific IMSI series. Operator-wise
statistics of successfully transmitted messages, redirected messages, and error messages can be viewed.

Viewing Statistics in Different Formats


You can view statistics in three formats:
Tabular
Generic Features

7 - 71N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Graphical
Line
Bar

Graph

Graph

Three

dimensional form

Spreadsheet

IMSI Statistics for a Year, Month and/or Date


To view IMSI statistics:
Performance Management > IMSI Statistics

Figure 7-61: IMSI Statistics

The following table report columns the fields of the IMSI Statistics screen:

Table 7-25: IMSI Statistics

Column

7 - 72

Description

Validation

Operator ID

Name of the network Operator to


whom the IMSI series belongs.
The values are hyper linked to
show the message statistics for
the selected network Operator.

NA

Success

Number of messages
successfully delivered.

NA

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-25: IMSI Statistics

Column
Redirect

Description
Number of message
transmissions redirected to the
Fallback SMSCs.

Validation
NA

Messages may or may not be


successfully redirected. The
errors may be due to network
congestion or overloading of the
Fallback SMSC.
The field appears as a link to
show the redirected message
statistics for the selected VMSC
Error

Number of error messages. The


field values appear as a link to
show the messages, which are
not successfully transmitted for
the selected VMSC.

NA

Total

Total number of messages


transmitted (whether successful
or unsuccessful).

NA

Source: Comviva

To view the success or error or redirect statistics for a given period select day, month and year

from the DD, MM, YYYY list respectively.


Select Success or Redirect or Error or All.
Click Submit.

To view the statistics for a given IMSI:


Click a data value in the IMSI column to view the yearly statistics for the selected Operator.
(Refer to Figure : IMSI Statistics)

Figure 7-62: Yearly Statistics

Generic Features

7 - 73N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Note
For field descriptions, refer to IMSI Statistics table.
Click a year to view the monthly statistics for the given year.

Figure 7-63: Monthly Statistics

Click a month to view the daily statistics for the given month.

Figure 7-64: Daily Statistics

Click on the Error field to view the total number of errors of each error type.

Figure 7-65: Error Statistics

7 - 74

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

7.3.7 Viewing Account-based Message Statistics


The Account-based Message Statistics option is used to display SMS transmission patterns for a
specific Short Message Entity (SME). You can view SMS traffic for mobile-originated and applicationoriginated messages.

Viewing Statistics in Different Formats


You can view statistics in three formats:
Tabular
Graphical
Line
Bar

Graph

Graph

Three

dimensional form

Spreadsheet

Account Statistics for a Year, Month and/or Date


To view account statistics:
Performance Management > Account Statistics

Figure 7-66: View Account Based Statistics

The following table lists the report columns of the Account Based Statistics screen:

Generic Features

7 - 75N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-26: Account Based Statistics

Column

Description

Validation
NA

Account ID

ESME account client that transmits and


receives messages from SMSRouter. The
field value appears as a link to display the
message statistics for a particular ESME
account.

AO Accept Count

Number of application-originated
messages accepted by SMSRouter node

Success

Number of messages successfully


delivered.

NA

Redirect

Number of message transmissions


redirected to the Fallback SMSCs.

NA

Messages may or may not be successfully


redirected. The errors may be due to
network congestion or overloading of the
Fallback SMC.
The field appears as a link to display the
redirected message statistics for a
particular ESME account.
Error

Number of error messages. The field


values appear as a link display the
statistics of messages, which are not
successfully transmitted for a particular
ESME account.

NA

Total

Total number of messages transmitted


(whether successful or unsuccessful).

NA
Source: Comviva

To view statistics for a given period select day, month and year from the DD, MM, YYYY list

respectively.
Click Submit.

To view statistics for a given account:


Click a data value in the Account ID column to view the yearly statistics for the selected
account.

7 - 76

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-67: Yearly Statistics

Note
For field descriptions, refer to Account Based Statistics table.
Click a year to view the monthly statistics for the given year.

Figure 7-68: Monthly Statistics

Note
The View Statistics Graphically option is disabled.
Click a month to view the daily statistics for the given month.

Generic Features

7 - 77N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-69:Daily Statistics

Click on the Error field to view the total number of errors for each error type.

Figure 7-70: Error Statistics

7.3.8 Subscriber Penetration


The Subscriber Penetration option is used to view the number of subscribers using the SMS service in a
given month.
To view subscriber penetration:

Performance Management > Subscriber Penetration

7 - 78

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Figure 7-71: Subscriber Penetration

The following table lists the report columns of the Subscriber Penetration screen:

Table 7-27: Subscriber Penetration

Column

Description

Validation

Year and Month

Year and month of report


generation.

NA

Unique Subscribers

Number of unique subscribers


sending SMS messages in a
month.

NA

Total SMS

Total number of SMS messages


sent by subscribers in a month.

NA

Average SMS per Subscriber per


month

Average number of SMS


messages sent by subscribers in
a given month.

NA

Source: Comviva

Click Show Graph to view the report as a graph.

7.3.9 View Live Message Statistics


The Live Statistics option is used view the real-time status of the messages (MO-MT. AO-MT, MO-AT,
SRI) transmitted by SMSRouter. The status is updated every second.
The real-time traffic status is available for the following types of messages:
Mobile Originated Messages
Send Routing Information
Forward Short Messages
Application Originated Messages
Application Terminated Messages

Generic Features

7 - 79N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

To view live statistics:


Performance Management > Live Statistics

Figure 7-72: Live Statistics

The following table lists thereport columns of the Live Statistics screen:

Table 7-28: Live Statistics

Column

Description

Validation

Date and Time

Date and time of report


generation.

NA

Node

SMSRouter node that has


transmitted the message.

NA

Flow Type

Messaging scenarios. Flow can


be:

NA

AO
MO
SRI
MT
AT
MO-MT
AO-MT
MO-AT

MO Total

7 - 80

Total number of MO messages


transmitted (successful and
unsuccessful).

NA

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-28: Live Statistics

Column

Description

Validation

MO Suc

Total number of MO messages


successfully transmitted.

NA

MO Fail

Total number of MO messages


that were not transmitted due to
some problem.

NA

SRI Total

Total number of SRI requests


transmitted (successful and
unsuccessful).

NA

SRI Suc

Total number of SRI requests


successfully transmitted.

NA

SRI Fail

Total number of SRI requests


that were not transmitted due to
some problem.

NA

FSM Total

Total number of FSM messages


transmitted (successful and
unsuccessful).

NA

FSM Suc

Total number of successfully


transmitted FSM messages.

NA

FSM Fail

Total number of FSM messages


that were not transmitted due to
some problem.

NA

AO Total

Total number of AO messages


transmitted (successful and
unsuccessful).

NA

AO Suc

Total number of AO messages


successfully transmitted.

NA

AO Fail

Total number of AO messages


that were not transmitted due to
some problem.

NA

AT Total

Total number of AT messages


transmitted (successful and
unsuccessful).

NA

AT Suc

Total number of AT messages


successfully transmitted.

NA

AT Fail

Total number of AT messages


that were not transmitted due to
some problem.

NA

Source: Comviva

Generic Features

7 - 81N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Click Show Graph to view the report as a graph.

7.4 Viewing Pending Messages


The Pending Message option is used to view the graphical represenation of the pending messages (messages yet to be delivered) in each SMSRouter node.The status is updated every minute.
To view node-wise pending messages:
Performance Management > Pending Messages

Figure 7-73: Pending Message

The screen displays the line graph of the pending messages for different SMSRouter nodes.

7.5 CDR Generation in ASCII and ASN-1 Formats


SMSRouter generates CDRs in ASCII and ASN-1 formats. CDR generation formats are configurable. The
sequence of CDR fields can be changed when printed.
CDRs record the summary of transactions that take place for each message processed by SMSRouter.
CDR data is used for billing.

7 - 82

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

CDR log syntax


<date> <time> ID:<message ID> TM:<time of message arrival>
OM:<originating address> DM:<destination mobile number> DI:<Destination
IMSI> SID:<Source Account ID> DID:<Destination Account ID>
Port:<connection SMPP Port> OMsg:<originating SME type>
DMsg:<Destination SME type> DCS:<Data Coding Scheme> ESM:<ESM class>
SCH_TIME:<Scheduled Submission Time> VAL_PRD:<Validity Period>
PID:<Protocol Identifier> OVMSC:<originating mobiles visitor MSC>
DVMSC:<destination mobiles visitor MSC number> Atmpt:<Delivery
attempts> SRR:<Status Report Request> UDHI:<User Data Header Indicator>
TON:< Type of Numbering Plan> NPI: <Numbering Plan Indicator> E:<Error
Code> R:<Result Code> MTRES:<Error code for SM delivery failure>
ST:<Message Status> HID:<Hauler Index> MD:<Destination Module> TR:<Time
of Receipt> TS:<Time of Submit> CR:<Correlation id> TP:<Total Parts>
CP:<Current Part> MFI:<Message Feature Indicator> DI:<Destination IMSI>
OV:<Orig VMSC> OI:<Orig IMSI> NA:<Attempt No.> STON:<Src Ton> SNPI:<Src
NPI> DSGSN:<Dest SGSN> OID:<Orig message ID>
The following table lists the fields of the CDR.

Table 7-29: CDR Details

Field
ID

Description
Message ID;
A unique number assigned to a
MO-SMS by SMSRouter.

TM

Time of arrival of the message in


UNIX timestamp format.

OM

Originating address

DM

Destination address

SID

Source account ID

DID

Destination account ID

Port

Port on which the ESME client is


connected with SMSRouter.

Omsg

Originating SME Type (AO, MO


or DR)

DMsg

Destination SME Type (AT or


MT)

DCS

Data Coding Scheme


It specifies the message type
(text, binary, Unicode).

Generic Features

7 - 83N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-29: CDR Details

Field

Description

ESM

ESM class of the message.

PID

Protocol Identifier: A number


specifying the protocol used to
send the SM.

OVMSC

Originating mobile subscriber


visitor MSC address

DVMSC

Recipient mobile visited MSC


address

Atmpt

Number of attempts made by


SMSRouter to deliver the
message.

SRR

Status Report Request: It


specifies whether the status
report for the message has been
requested. It can take one of the
two values:
1:

Status report requested for


the message

0:

Status report not requested


for the message

UDHI

User Data Header Indicator:


Header information for the SM
(with details that include delivery
report request, validity period
format and reply path request)

TON

Destination address type:


National
International
Alphanumeric
Unknown

7 - 84

NPI

Numbering Plan Indicator of the


destination address.

Error code returned from the


network

Result Code

MTRES

FSM delivery failure cause (Valid


only if the Error Code is 0x20 SM Delivery Failure)

Generic Features

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-29: CDR Details

Field
ST

Description
Final delivery status of the SM:
0=Message

Accepted

1=Successful
2=Pending

because of time

out
3=Expired
4=Failed

because of permanent error

5=Cancelled
6=Pending

message

because of tempo-

rary error
7=Discarded

message (For
intermediate and flash message)

8=Dropped

because of permanent error

9=Transaction

Failed sched-

uled for retry


10=Retry

because of tempo-

rary error
HID

Internal Hauler ID where


messages are processed

MD

Internal hauler descriptor to


which the message is passed

TR

Time of arrival of message in


yyyymmddhhMMss format

TS

Time of submission of the


message to MSC in
yyyymmddhhMMss format

CR

Correlation ID for multipart


messages

TP

Total number of parts in a


multipart message

CP

Current part number of a


multipart message

MFI

Message feature indicator.


Indicates whether it is an
intermediate delivery report
(MFI=2) or flash message
(MFI=1)

Generic Features

7 - 85N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table 7-29: CDR Details

Field

Description

DI

IMSI of recipient (B-Party)

OV

Originating VMSC address

OI

IMSI of originating MSISDN (AParty)

NA

Network Attempt.
0=Delivery

over only GSM

1=Delivery

attempted over

GSM
2=Delivery

attempted over

GPRS
3=Delivery

failed over GSM/


GPRS and delivered over
GPRS/GSM

STON

Source TON (Type of Number)

SNPI

Source NPI (Numbering Plan


Indicator)

DSGSN

SGSN address of recipient (BParty)

OID

Origination Message ID
Valid value in case of a Delivery
report, intermediate Delivery
report and flash message
0=in all other cases
Source: Comviva

CDR Log Sample Output


2008-11-07 18:32:48
ID:536882006|TM:1226062968|OM:6464|DM:919755500001|DI:404450123456
780|SID:0|DID:0|Port:0|OMsg:DR|DMsg:AT|DCS:00|ESM:04|SCH_TIME:1226
062968|VAL_PRD:1226106168|PID:41|OVMSC:|DVMSC:919845186001|Atmpt:1
|SRR:0|UDHI:04|TON:0|NPI:0|E:1B|R:02|MTRES:00|ST:6|HID:0|MD:3|TR:2
0081107183248|TS:20081107183248|TD:20081107183248|CR:1|TP:0|CP:0|MFI:0|DI:404450123456780|OV:|OI:|NA:0|STON:0|DNPI:0|DS
GSN:|OID:536882006

7 - 86

Generic Features

Appendix A Error Codes


SMPP Error Codes
SMPP operations between the ESME and SM SRo ut er consist of a request and an associated
response. The response indicates the success or failure of the request. In the event of failure, the
receiving entity (SMSRouter) returns a response with an appropriate error code. SMSRouter also
maintains a log of these interactions. The cause of the errors is interpreted by log analysis. For
convenience, SMPP error codes are categorized as shown below:
General Errors: Errors for which no specific reason can be found
Bind Errors: Errors encountered by an ESME while attempting to bind to the SMSC
Submit Errors: Errors encountered by an ESME on submitting a message to SMSRouter
Throttle Errors: Errors returned by the SMSC when the input message rate exceeds output

message rate
Optional Parameters: Optional parameters are fields that may be optionally included in a

message sent by an ESME to SMSRouter. Optional parameter errors refer to invalid


optional parameters.
Reserved Errors: As per SMPP version 3.4 specifications, certain error codes are

reserved.
General Errors

Table B-1: General Errors

SMPP Error

Hex Value

Error Definition

ESME_RINVMSGLEN

0x00000001

Message length is invalid

ESME_RINVCMDLEN

0x00000002

Command length is invalid

ESME_RINVCMDID

0x00000003

Invalid command ID

ESME_RUNKNOWNERR

0x000000FF

Unknown error
Source: Comviva

Bind Errors

Table B-2: Bind Errors

SMPP Error

Hex Value

Error Definition

ESME_RINVBNDSTS

0x00000004

Incorrect BIND status for given


command

ESME_RALYBND

0x00000005

ESME already in bind state

ESME_RSYSERR

0x00000008

System error

ESME_RBINDFAIL

0x0000000D

Bind failed

Appendix A Error Codes

87

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table B-2: Bind Errors

SMPP Error

Hex Value

Error Definition

ESME_RINVPASWD

0x0000000E

Invalid password

ESME_RINVSYSID

0x0000000F

Invalid system ID

ESME_RINVSYSTYP

0x00000053

Invalid system_type field


Source: Comviva

Submit Errors

Table B-3: Submit Error

88

SMPP Error

Hex Value

Error Definition

ESME_RINVPRTFLG

0x00000006

Invalid Priority Flag

ESME_RINVREGDLVFLG

0x00000007

Invalid Registered Delivery Flag

ESME_RINVSRCADR

0x0000000A

Invalid Source Address

ESME_RINVDSTADR

0x0000000B

Invalid Destination Address

ESME_RINVMSGID

0x0000000C

Message ID is invalid

ESME_RCANCELFAIL

0x00000011

Cancel SM Failed

ESME_RREPLACEFAIL

0x00000013

Replace SM Failed

ESME_RINVSERTYP

0x00000015

Invalid Service Type

ESME_RINVDLNAME

0x00000034

Invalid Distribution List name

ESME_RINVDESTFLAG

0x00000040

Destination flag is invalid


(submit_multi)

ESME_RINVSUBREP

0x00000042

Invalid submit with replace


request (that is, submit_sm with
replace_if_present_flag sent)

ESME_RINVESMCLASS

0x00000043

Invalid esm_class field data

ESME_RCNTSUBDL

0x00000044

Cannot Submit to Distribution List

ESME_RSUBMITFAIL

0x00000045

submit_sm or submit_multi failed

ESME_RINVSRCTON

0x00000048

Invalid Source address TON

ESME_RINVSRCNPI

0x00000049

Invalid Source address NPI

ESME_RINVDSTTON

0x00000050

Invalid Destination address TON

Appendix A Error Codes

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0


Table B-3: Submit Error

SMPP Error

Hex Value

Error Definition

ESME_RINVDSTNPI

0x00000051

Invalid Destination address NPI

ESME_RINVREPFLAG

0x00000054

Invalid replace_if_present flag

ESME_RINVSCHED

0x00000061

Invalid Scheduled Delivery Time

ESME_RINVEXPIRY

0x00000062

Invalid message validity period


(Expiry time)

ESME_RINVDFTMSGID

0x00000063

Predefined Message Invalid or


Not Found

ESME_RX_P_APPN

0x00000065

ESME Receiver Permanent App


Error Code

ESME_RX_R_APPN

0x00000066

ESME Receiver Reject Message


Error Code

ESME_RQUERYFAIL

0x00000067

Query_sm request failed

ESME_RDELIVERYFAILURE

0x000000FE

Delivery Failure (used for


Data_sm_resp)
Source: Comviva

Throttle Errors

Table B-4: Throttle Errors

SMPP Error

Hex Value

Error Definition

ESME_RMSGQFUL

0x00000014

Message Queue Full

ESME_RTHROTTLED

0x00000058

Throttling error (ESME has


exceeded allowed message
limits)
Source: Comviva

Optional Parameter Errors

Table B-5: Optional Parameter Error

SMPP Error

Hex Value

Error Definition

ESME_RINVOPTPARS
TREAM

0x000000C0

Error in the optional part of the


PDU Body

ESME_ROPTPARNOT
ALLWD

0x000000C1

Optional parameter not allowed

Appendix A Error Codes

89N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table B-5: Optional Parameter Error

SMPP Error

Hex Value

Error Definition

ESME_RINVPARLEN

0x000000C2

Invalid parameter length

ESME_RMISSINGOPT
PARAM

0x000000C3

Expected optional parameter


missing

ESME_RINVOPTPARA
MVAL

0x000000C4

Invalid optional parameter value


Source: Comviva

Reserved Error Codes

Table B-6: Reserved Error Errors

SMPP Error

Hex Value

Error Definition

ESME_VREP_ATTEMPT

0x00000400

Message is being processed,


hence cannot be replaced.

ESME_VREP_FINALSTAGE

0x00000401

Message cannot be replaced due


to invalid parameter (source or
message ID)
Or
Message processing completed
(message delivered or expired)
Source: Comviva

UCP Error Codes

Table B-7: UCP Error Codes

90

Error Code

Message

01

Checksum error

02

Syntax error

03

Operation not supported by


system

04

Operation not allowed

05

Call barring active

06

ADC invalid

07

Authentication failure

Appendix A Error Codes

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0


Table B-7: UCP Error Codes

Appendix A Error Codes

Error Code

Message

08

Legitimization code for all calls,


failure

09

GA not valid

10

Repetition not allowed

11

Legitimization code for repetition,


failure

12

Priority call not allowed

13

Legitimization code for priority


call, failure

14

Urgent message not allowed

15

Legitimization code for urgent


message, failure

16

Reverse charging not allowed

17

Legitimization code for reverse


charging, failure

18

Deferred delivery not allowed

19

New AC not valid

20

New legitimization code not valid

21

Standard text not valid

22

Time period not valid

23

Message type not supported by


system

24

Message too long

25

Requested standard text not valid

26

Message type not valid for the


pager type

27

Message not found in


SMSRouter

30

Subscriber hang-up

31

Fax group not supported

32

Fax message type not supported

33

Address already in list (60 series)

91N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table B-7: UCP Error Codes

Error Code

Message

34

Address not in list (60 series)

35

List full, cannot add address to


list (60 series)

36

RPID already in use

37

Delivery in progress

38

Message forwarded
Source: Comviva

SMSRouter Codes
SMSRouter logs all mobile and application-originated messages, which can be traced from the log files.
The errors encountered by SMSRouter in the transmission of messages can be categorized as follows:
Result Codes: Parameter R in SMSRouter logs (submitism_backup and retry) signifies a result

code.
Message Status Codes: The st parameter of the mts_cdr.log indicates the message status

code.
Error Codes: Parameter E in SMSRouter logs signifies an error. Errors are of three types:
User

Errors: User errors indicate errors returned by the GSM network. These are
further categorized into:
Send

Routing Information For Short Message (SRIFSM) Errors: Errors


encountered by SMSRouter in requesting Send Routing Information for a
short message.

Forward

Short Message Mobile-Originated (FSM-MO) Errors: Errors


encountered by SMSRouter for mobile-originated messages during the
Forward SM operation to the destination.

Forward

Short Message Mobile-Terminated (FSM-MT) Errors: Errors


encountered by SMSRouter for mobile-terminating messages for the Forward
SM operation.

Alert SC is not applicable and is not handled by SMSRouter.

Provider

Error Codes: R:03 errors returned by the MAP service provider (Stack).

Internal

Error: If there are internal errors in any module of SMSRouter, the messages
are redirected to the rr module. The rr module further redirects the messages to the
Fallback SMSC. In such cases, the value of E = -1 and the value of R = -1 in the CDR
log.

MTRES: Errors for Hex error code 0x20 SM Delivery Failure

Each error code has an error type associated with the error. T stands for Temporary and indicates that
SMSRouter reattempts to deliver the message; P stands for Permanent and indicates that SMSRouter
does not make any further delivery attempts for the message.

92

Appendix A Error Codes

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Error Types
Errors are classified into the following types:
User Error
Provider Error
Internal Error

User Errors
These errors occur while transmitting messages and are due to disruption in the GSM network. They may
be temporary or permanent.
Temporary errors: Errors due to which message delivery is retried later. The errors for MT
messages could be due to absent subscribers or busy subscribers.
Permanent errors: Errors due to which messages are discarded and not retried for delivery.

The errors could be because the service is not provisioned or due to unidentified or unknown
subscribers.
Provider (Network) Error
These errors are due to network congestion, disruption in communication between the stack and the MSC,
routing problems between the network and SMSRouter. (Examples are unknown base station, unknown
MSC or a system failure.)
Internal Error
These errors are caused when there is a disruption in communication between the Signaling server and
the stack or the Signaling server and SMSRouter (for instance, an internal time-out).

Appendix A Error Codes

93N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Result Codes

Table B-8: Result Codes

Hex Code

Result Code

Result Definition

0x00

No_Info

No Information Received

0x01

NO_Error

No Error

0x02

User_Error

User Error or Network Error

0x03

Prov_Error

Provider Error or Stack Error

0x04

INT_Error

Stack Timeout Error (Internal


Error)
Source: Comviva

Message Status Codes

Table B-9: Message Status Codes

Hex Code

Result Definition

0x00

Message Not Attempted

0x01

Message Delivered Successfully

0x02

Message Timed Out

0x03

Message Expired

0x04

Message Failed Permanently

0x05

Message Cancelled by SME

0x06

Message Failed Temporarily

0x07

Message Discarded (Invalid


Parameters)
Source: Comviva

User Error Codes

94

Appendix A Error Codes

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table B-10: User Error Codes

Error
(Decimal)

Code

Error
(Hex)

Code

Error Name

Error Type

Description

0x01

Unknown
Subscriber

No such subscription
exists

0x05

Unidentified
Subscriber

The subscriber details


are not present in the
database and it cannot
be established whether
such a subscriber
exists.

0x06

Absent
Subscriber for
SM

The mobile-terminated
short message transfer
cannot be completed
because the network
cannot contact the
subscriber.

0x09

Illegal
Subscriber

The authentication
procedure has identified
the subscriber access
as illegal.

11

0X0b

Teleservice
Not
Provisioned

SMS service is not


provisioned to the
subscriber.

12

0x0c

Illegal
Equipment

The IMEI check has


identified that the IMEI
is blacklisted (or not
white-listed).

13

0x0d

Call Barred

The call meets a barring


condition set by the
subscriber or the
Operator bars the call.
(An MT-SM may be
barred due to an
unauthorized message
originator error).

21

0x15

Facility Not
Supported

The mobile network


does not support the
requested service.

27

0x1b

Absent
Subscriber

The subscriber has


activated the detach
service or the system
detects an absent
condition.

Appendix A Error Codes

95N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table B-10: User Error Codes

Error
(Decimal)
31

Code

Error
(Hex)
0x1f

Code

Error Name

Error Type

Description

Subscriber
Busy for MTSMS

The MT-SMS transfer


cannot be completed
due to one of the
following reasons:
Another MT-SMS
transfer is underway
and the delivery node
does not support
message buffering
The message was
buffered but it is not
possible to deliver the
message before the
expiry of the buffering
time defined in GSM
03.40

96

32

0x20

SM Delivery
Failure

The message could not


be delivered (Refer to
MTRES Error Codes for
details).

33

0x21

Message
Waiting List
Full

No more service center


addresses can be
added to the message
waiting list.

34

0x22

System Failure

A job cannot be
performed because of a
problem in another
entity. Checking the
network resource usage
can help identify the
type of entity or network
resource.

35

0x23

Data Missing

An optional parameter
required by the context
is missing.

36

0x24

Unexpected
Data Value

The data type is correct


in syntax but its value or
presence is unexpected
in the current context.

45

0x2d

Busy
Subscriber

This error may indicate


that the subscriber is
busy in another call.

46

0x2e

No Subscriber
Reply

No response from the


subscriber is received.

Appendix A Error Codes

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0


Table B-10: User Error Codes

Error
(Decimal)

Code

Error
(Hex)

Code

Error Name

Error Type

Description
Source: Comviva

Provider Error Codes

Table B-11: Provider Error Codes

Error Code
(Decimal)

Error
(Hex)

Code

Description

Type
Error

0x00

Duplicate Invoke ID

0x01

Service Not Supported

0x02

Mistyped Parameter

0x03

Resource Limitation

0x04

Initiating Release

0x05

Unexpected Response

0x06

Service Completion Failure

0x07

No Response From Peer


SMSRouter

of

Source: Comviva

Internal Error Codes

Table B-12: Internal Error Codes

Error Code

Result Code

Description

Type
Error

0x04

No Response from
Stack

400

0x00

No Response from
Signaling Server

500

0x00

Invalid Destination
Address

900

0x00

Transaction Failed

of

Source: Comviva

Appendix A Error Codes

97N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

MTRES Error Codes

Table B-13: MTRES Error Code

Error Code
(Decimal)

Error
(Hex)

Code

Description

Type
Error

0x00

Memory Capacity Exceeded

0x01

Equipment Protocol Error

0x02

Equipment Not SM Equipped

0x03

Unknown Service Center

0x04

Service Center Congestion

0x05

Invalid SME Address

0x06

Not Service Center Subscriber

of

Source: Comviva

SS7 Error Codes


User Error

Table B-14: User Error Codes

98

Error Code
(Decimal)

Error
(Hex)

Code

Description

Type
Error

0x01

Unknown Subscriber

0x02

Unknown Base Station

0x03

Unknown MSC

0x05

Unidentified Subscriber

0x06

Absent Subscriber for SM

0x07

Unknown Equipment

0x08

Roaming not allowed

0x09

Illegal Subscriber

10

0x0a

Bearer service not provisioned

11

0X0b

Teleservice Not Provisioned

12

0x0c

Illegal Equipment

of

Appendix A Error Codes

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0


Table B-14: User Error Codes

Error Code
(Decimal)

Error
(Hex)

13

Description

Type
Error

0x0d

Call Barred

14

0x0e

Violation of forwarding rule

15

0x0f

CUG rejected

16

0x10

Illegal SMS service (SS)


operation

17

0x11

SS error status

18

0x12

SS not available

19

0x13

SS Subscription not available

20

0x14

SS incompatible

21

0x15

Service Not Supported

25

0x19

Handover number not available

26

0x1a

Subsequent handover failure

27

0x1b

Absent Subscriber

28

0x1c

Incompatible Terminal

29

0x1d

Short -term denial

30

0x1e

Long term denial

31

0x1f

Subscriber Busy for MT-SMS

32

0x20

SM Delivery Failure

33

0x21

Message Waiting List Full

34

0x22

System Failure

35

0x23

Data Missing

36

0x24

Unexpected Data Value

37

0x25

Registration Failure

39

0x27

Roaming number not available

40

0x28

Tracing buffer full

45

0x2d

Busy Subscriber

46

0x2e

No Subscriber Reply

47

0x2f

Forwarding failed

Appendix A Error Codes

Code

of

99N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table B-14: User Error Codes

Error Code
(Decimal)

Error
(Hex)

48

Code

Description

Type
Error

0x30

Paging not allowed

49

0x31

Application Terminated not


allowed

50

0x32

Group call number not available

51

0x33

Resource limitation

52

0x34

Unauthorized network request

53

0x35

Unauthorized Location Control


Server (LCS) client

54

0x36

Position method failure

58

0x3a

Unknown/unreachable LCS client

71

0x47

Unknown alphabet

72

0x48

USSD Gateway busy

117

0x75

Gateway error

of

Source: Comviva

Internal Error

Table B-15: Internal Error Codes

Error Code
(Decimal)

Error
(Hex)

Code

Description

Type
Error

0x1

User specific reason

0x2

Requested user resource is


unavailable due to congestion

0x3

Requested user resource is


unavailable due to other reasons

0x4

Handover

Network
Call

cancellation

path release

release

Associated
Remote

100

0x7

of

procedure failure

operations failure

If SMSRouter does not respond


within the specified time, there is
a Signaling server timeout.

Appendix A Error Codes

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0


Table B-15: Internal Error Codes

Error Code
(Decimal)

Error
(Hex)

10

0xa

Code

Description
Unrecognized

Type
Error
message type

of

Transaction

portion not properly formatted

11

0xb

Unrecognized transaction ID
received

12

0xc

Congestion towards MAP peer


service-user

13

0xd

Maintenance at MAP peer


service-user

14

0xe

Provider abort indicating "No


common dialogue portion"
received in the dialogue-initiated
state.

15

0xf

MAP dialogue not as per the


specified application context.

20

0x14

Network failure

Network congestion
21

0x15

Peer not responding

22

0x16

If an active service is already


using an Invoke_ID, use TCUREJECT to request the transfer
of a reject component.

23

0x17

Message is not delivered to peer

30

0x1E

Indicates the type of application


context established. This
parameter indicates the highest
version application context.

Note: Application context


indicates the type of service
supported by the application
such as SMS, USSD.
31

0X1F

Called process is not identified.

32

0X20

Calling address is not identified.

33

0X21

Unknown error

34

0X22

Incorrect GT address

35

0X23

Incompatible MAP version

Appendix A Error Codes

101N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table B-15: Internal Error Codes

Error Code
(Decimal)

Error
(Hex)

36
37

Code

Description

Type
Error

0X24

MAP secured transport not


possible.

0X25

Inadequate MAP user


transportation.

of

Source: Comviva

Provider Error

Table B-16: Provider Error

Error Code
(Decimal)

Error
(Hex)

Code

Description

Type
Error

0x00

Duplicate
Invoke ID

0x01

Service Not
Supported

0x02

Mistyped
Parameter

0x03

Resource
Limitation

0x04

Initiating
Release

0x05

Unexpected
Response

0x06

Service
Completion
Failure

0x07

No Response
From Peer
SMSC

0x08

Invalid
Response

of

Source: Comviva

102

Appendix A Error Codes

Appendix B Rules List


The list of rules with their priority order are given in the following table. The rules are applied in the following order:

Table C - 1: MO-MT Barring Rules

Priority

Rules

Source IMSI Barring

Source VMSC and Source MSISDN Combination


Barring

Source VMSC Barring

PID Barring

Source & Destination MSISDN Combination


Barring

Source MSISDN Barring

Destination MSISDN Barring

Destination IMSI Barring

Destination VMSC Barring

Table C-2: MO-MT Redirection rules

Priority

Redirection Rule

Source VMSC Charging

MO Relay

Source VMSC Redirection

PID Redirection

Time-based Redirection (Combination/Source/


Destination MSISDN)

Source MSISDN, TON-NPI and Length


Combination based Redirection (Applied for original
Data)

Source MSISDN, TON-NPI Combination based


Redirection

Source MSISDN and Length Combination based


Redirection

Appendix B Rules List

103

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table C-2: MO-MT Redirection rules

Priority

Redirection Rule

Destination MSISDN, TON-NPI and Length


Combination based Redirection (Applied for original
Data)

10

Destination MSISDN, TON-NPI Combination based


Redirection

11

Destination MSISDN and Length Combination


based Redirection

12

Source and Destination MSISDN Combination UDH


Redirection

13

Source and Destination MSISDN Combination


Redirection

14

Source MSISDN with UDH Redirection

15

Source MSISDN Redirection

16

Destination MSISDN with UDH Redirection

17

Destination MSISDN Redirection

18

SRI Failure combination with Destination MSISDN


Redirection

19

SRI Failure Redirection

20

MTFSM Failure combination with Destination


MSISDN Redirection

21

MTFSM Failure Redirection

Table C-3: MO-AT Barring Rules

104

Priority

Barring Rule

Source IMSI Barring

Source VMSC Barring

PID Barring

Source MSISDN Short Code


Combination Barring

Source MSISDN Barring

ESME Account Barring

Appendix B Rules List

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table C-4: MO-AT Redirection Rules

Priority

Redirection Rule

Source VMSC Charging

Source OVMSC Redirection

PID Redirection

AT Message Bypass Redirection


(Service Parameter
Configuration)

Application Termination
Redirection

Source MSISDN, TON-NPI and


Length combination based
redirection. (Applied for Original
Data).

Source MSISDN and TON-NPI


combination based redirection

Source MSISDN and Length


combination based redirection

Source MSISDN UDH


Redirection

10

Source MSISDN Redirection

Table C-5: AO-MT Barring Rules

Priority

Barring Rule

ESME Account Barring

PID Barring

System ID & Destination


MSISDN Combination Barring

AO Short code Barring/Alnum


Sender Barring

Destination MSISDN Barring

Destination IMSI & System ID


Combination Barring

Destination IMSI Barring

Destination VMSC Barring

Appendix B Rules List

105N

User Manual: SMSRouter - 5.0

Table C-6: AO-MT Redirection Rules

Priority

Redirection Rules

PID Redirection

106

Time Based Redirection (Destination MSISDN)

Destination MSISDN, TON-NPI and Length


combination based redirection. (Applied for Original
Data)

Destination MSISDN and TON-NPI combination


based redirection

Destination MSISDN and Length combination


based redirection.

Application Originated Redirection

Destination MSISDN Combination UDH Redirection

Destination MSISDN Redirection

SRI Failure combination with Destination MSISDN


Redirection

10

SRI Failure Combination with Account Redirection

11

SRI Failure Redirection

12

MTFSM Failure combination with Destination


MSISDN Redirection

13

MTFSM Failure Combination with Account


Redirection

14

MTFSM Failure Redirection

Appendix B Rules List

Document Change History


Version
Number

Description of
Changes

Change
Mode

Comments

Date of
Change

Author

(A/M/D)
1.0

Initial

Sutapa

* A- Added M- Modified D-Deleted

Document Change History

107

Contact Us
Delhi Headquarters
A-26, Info City
Sector 34
Gurgaon 122001
Haryana, India
Tel:+91-124-4819000
Fax:+91-124-4819777
Bangalore Office
4, 12th Km Stone
Bellary Road, Jakkur
Bangalore 560064
India
Tel:+91-80-43401600
Fax:+91-80-28565854
Mumbai Office
Unit No 1234, Ist Floor
Paradigm Tower, Tower B
Mindspace, Off New Link Road
Malad-West 400064
India
Tel: +91 22 40774300
Fax: +91 22 40774333

Contact Us

109

You might also like